You can not select more than 25 topics
Topics must start with a letter or number, can include dashes ('-') and can be up to 35 characters long.
8680 lines
264 KiB
8680 lines
264 KiB
/*++
|
|
|
|
Copyright (c) 1993 Microsoft Corporation
|
|
|
|
Module Name:
|
|
|
|
spsetup.c
|
|
|
|
Abstract:
|
|
|
|
Main module for character-base setup (ie, text setup).
|
|
|
|
Author:
|
|
|
|
Ted Miller (tedm) 29-July-1993
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
#include "spprecmp.h"
|
|
#pragma hdrstop
|
|
#include "spcmdcon.h"
|
|
#include <initguid.h>
|
|
#include <pnpmgr.h>
|
|
#include <devguid.h>
|
|
#include <remboot.h>
|
|
#include <hdlsblk.h>
|
|
#include <hdlsterm.h>
|
|
#ifdef _X86_
|
|
#include "spwin9xuninstall.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if !defined(SETUPBLK_FLAGS_ROLLBACK)
|
|
#define SETUPBLK_FLAGS_ROLLBACK 0
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
VOID
|
|
IoStartCscForTextmodeSetup(
|
|
IN BOOLEAN Upgrade
|
|
);
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
BOOL
|
|
SpDetermineBootPartitionEnumNec98(
|
|
IN PPARTITIONED_DISK Disk,
|
|
IN PDISK_REGION Region,
|
|
IN ULONG_PTR Context
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpCantFindBuildToUpgrade(
|
|
VOID
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if setup should run in the step-up upgrade mode.
|
|
// In this mode, setup is not allowed to do clean install,
|
|
// and is not allowed to upgrade workstation to server.
|
|
// Also, evaluation time in minutes, read from the setup hive.
|
|
// This value is passed through to GUI mode.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN StepUpMode;
|
|
DWORD EvaluationTime = 0;
|
|
ULONG RestrictCpu;
|
|
ULONG SuiteType;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if user chose Custom Setup.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN CustomSetup = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Non-0 if gui setup is supposed to be restartable.
|
|
// This causes us to do special stuff with hives in spconfig.c.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN RestartableGuiSetup = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if user chose repair winnt
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN RepairWinnt = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if this is a command console only boot
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN ForceConsole = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN ConsoleRunning = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN ConsoleFromWinnt32 = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if repair from ER diskette
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN RepairFromErDisk = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if this is advanced server we're setting up.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN AdvancedServer;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Windows NT Version.
|
|
//
|
|
ULONG WinntMajorVer;
|
|
ULONG WinntMinorVer;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Win9x uninstall
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN Win9xRollback = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN g_Win9xBackup = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PRERELEASE
|
|
//
|
|
// Test hooks
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
INT g_TestHook;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// True if NOLS = 1 in winnts.sif
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN NoLs = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// NTUpgrade - Whether we are upgrading an existing NT and if we are
|
|
// what type of an upgrade it is. Valid values are:
|
|
//
|
|
// - DontUpgrade: If we are not upgrading
|
|
// - UpgradeFull: Full upgrade
|
|
// - UpgradeInstallFresh: There was a failed upgrade, so we want to install
|
|
// fresh into this, saving the hives
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
ENUMUPGRADETYPE NTUpgrade = DontUpgrade;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Indicates whether actually NT was being upgraded
|
|
// to partitioning engine, so that on IA64 it can
|
|
// treat active MBR partitions as system partitions
|
|
//
|
|
ENUMUPGRADETYPE IsNTUpgrade = DontUpgrade;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if upgrading Workstation to Standard Server, or upgrading
|
|
// existing Standard Server
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN StandardServerUpgrade = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Contains the type of windows upgrade, if any (win31 or win95)
|
|
//
|
|
ENUMNONNTUPRADETYPE WinUpgradeType = NoWinUpgrade;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if this setup was started with winnt.exe or winnt32.exe.
|
|
// Also a flag indicating whether the local source was not created and we
|
|
// should get files from the CD instead.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN WinntSetup = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN WinntFromCd = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if floppyless boot
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN IsFloppylessBoot = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// TRUE if textmode is to pick a partition
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN AutoPartitionPicker;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Preferred installation dir
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR PreferredInstallDir;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is an unattended setup, this value will be a non-NULL
|
|
// handle to the SIF file with setup parameters.
|
|
// *Note*: Before referencing UnattendedSifHandle, you must first check
|
|
// UnattendedOperation is not FALSE.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN UnattendedOperation = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN UnattendedGuiOperation = FALSE;
|
|
PVOID UnattendedSifHandle = NULL;
|
|
PVOID WinntSifHandle = NULL;
|
|
PVOID ASRPnPSifHandle = NULL;
|
|
PVOID WinntMigrateInfHandle = NULL;
|
|
PVOID WinntUnsupDrvInfHandle = NULL;
|
|
BOOLEAN AccessibleSetup = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// this value is a non-null pointer to the drvindex.inf file. It is
|
|
// initialized on startup. The list of files that are present in our
|
|
// driver cab file are indexed in this inf, so we can quickly look if a
|
|
// file is present in the cab
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID DriverInfHandle;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// this is a non-null pointer to the driver cab file. It is also initialzied
|
|
// on startup. The list of files in this cab is indexed in drvindex.inf. this is
|
|
// the only cab file that textmode setup knows to look into.
|
|
//
|
|
CABDATA *CabData;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// pointer to delta.inf, an INF for private testing
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID PrivateInfHandle;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This is a handle to txtsetup.oem, used on pre-install mode.
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID PreinstallOemSifHandle = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this flag is true, we ignore files that are not present on the source
|
|
// when copying. This is used internally for people who don't build the
|
|
// entire system and don't care that a whole bunch of help files,
|
|
// device drivers, etc, aren't there.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN SkipMissingFiles;
|
|
BOOLEAN HideWinDir;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// On unattended mode, indicates whether OEM files
|
|
// that have same name as Microsoft files released
|
|
// with the product should be overwritten.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN UnattendedOverwriteOem = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// On unattended mode, indicates that this is is
|
|
// an OEM pre-installation
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN PreInstall = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// In unattended mode, indicates whether to wait
|
|
// for reboot
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN UnattendWaitForReboot = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// On pre-install mode, indicates whether or not an OEM component needs
|
|
// to be pre-installed (txtsetup.oem needs to be loaded).
|
|
//
|
|
// BOOLEAN PreinstallOemComponents = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// On pre-install mode, the variables below point to the various lists of
|
|
// drivers to pre-install
|
|
//
|
|
// PPREINSTALL_DRIVER_INFO PreinstallDisplayDriverList = NULL;
|
|
// PPREINSTALL_DRIVER_INFO PreinstallKeyboardDriverList = NULL;
|
|
// PPREINSTALL_DRIVER_INFO PreinstallPointingDeviceDriverList = NULL;
|
|
// PPREINSTALL_DRIVER_INFO PreinstallKeyboardLayout = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// On pre-install mode, points to the directory that contains the files
|
|
// that need to be copied during textmode setup
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR PreinstallOemSourcePath = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Virtual OEM source devices (accessible through RAM disk driver)
|
|
//
|
|
PVIRTUAL_OEM_SOURCE_DEVICE VirtualOemSourceDevices = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Flags that indicate the type of mice detected in the machine.
|
|
// Note that more than one type of mice may be present.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN UsbMouseDetected = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN PS2MouseDetected = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN SerMouseDetected = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Flags that indicate the type of keyboard detected in the machine.
|
|
// Note that more than one type of keyborad may be present.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN UsbKeyboardDetected = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN StdKeyboardDetected = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Gets set to TRUE if the user elects to convert or format to ntfs.
|
|
// And a flag indicating whether we are doing a dirty sleazy hack
|
|
// for oem preinstall.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN ConvertNtVolumeToNtfs = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN ExtendingOemPartition = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Variable used during the repair process, that indicates that the
|
|
// system has no CD-ROM drive.
|
|
// This is a hack that we did for World Bank so that they can repair
|
|
// the hives even if they don't have a CD-ROM drive.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN RepairNoCDROMDrive = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Indicates whether or not winnt32 detected at least one
|
|
// FT partition in the system.
|
|
// Note that on boot floppies install on x86 machines,
|
|
// or setupldr/CD install on ARC machines, this flag will always be
|
|
// set to FALSE
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN FtPartitionDetected = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Filename of local source directory.
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR LocalSourceDirectory = L"\\$win_nt$.~ls";
|
|
|
|
LIST_ENTRY MigratedDriversList;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Platform-specific extension, used when creating names of sections
|
|
// in sif/inf files.
|
|
//
|
|
#if defined(_AMD64_)
|
|
PWSTR PlatformExtension = L".amd64";
|
|
#elif defined(_X86_)
|
|
PWSTR PlatformExtension = L".x86";
|
|
#elif defined(_IA64_)
|
|
PWSTR PlatformExtension = L".ia64";
|
|
#else
|
|
#error "No Target Architecture"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
WCHAR TemporaryBuffer[16384];
|
|
const UNICODE_STRING TemporaryBufferUnicodeString = { 0, sizeof(TemporaryBuffer), TemporaryBuffer };
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This global structure contains non-pointer values passed to us by setupldr
|
|
// in the setup loader parameter block.
|
|
//
|
|
// This structure is initialized during SpInitialize0().
|
|
//
|
|
SETUP_LOADER_BLOCK_SCALARS SetupParameters;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// These values are set during SpInitialize0() and are the ARC pathname
|
|
// of the device from which we were started and the directory within the device.
|
|
// DirectoryOnBootDevice will always be all uppercase.
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR ArcBootDevicePath,DirectoryOnBootDevice;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Representation of the boot device path in the nt namespace.
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR NtBootDevicePath;
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Dynamic update boot driver path in NT namespace
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR DynUpdtBootDriverPath = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Global parameter block for command console
|
|
//
|
|
CMDCON_BLOCK Block = {0};
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Setupldr loads a text setup information file and passes us the buffer
|
|
// so that we don't have to reload it from disk. During SpInitialize0()
|
|
// we allocate some pool and store the image away for later use.
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID SetupldrInfoFile;
|
|
ULONG SetupldrInfoFileSize;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// During remote boot setup, setupldr also loads winnt.sif.
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID SetupldrWinntSifFile;
|
|
ULONG SetupldrWinntSifFileSize;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Setupldr loads asrpnp.sif.
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID SetupldrASRPnPSifFile;
|
|
ULONG SetupldrASRPnPSifFileSize;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Setupldr may load an inf that contains registry information that needs to be
|
|
// migrated to the setup hive. This file will be processed during SpInitialize0().
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID SetupldrMigrateInfFile;
|
|
ULONG SetupldrMigrateInfFileSize;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Setupldr may load an inf that contains information about unsupported SCSI
|
|
// drivers that need to work during textmode setup.
|
|
// This file will be processed during SpInitialize0().
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFile;
|
|
ULONG SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFileSize;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
//
|
|
// Setupldr passes in the hal name on remote boot. Store them here
|
|
// before the loader block goes away.
|
|
//
|
|
UCHAR NetBootHalName[MAX_HAL_NAME_LENGTH + 1];
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The name of the SIF file used by remote boot. This is saved since
|
|
// it needs to be deleted later.
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR NetBootSifPath = NULL;
|
|
|
|
PDISK_SIGNATURE_INFORMATION DiskSignatureInformation;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Setupldr passes in the path to IMirror.dat, store it here before the loader
|
|
// block goes away.
|
|
//
|
|
PUCHAR RemoteIMirrorFilePath;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// For remote install, save the NT boot path from the loader block, because
|
|
// DirectoryOnBootDevice becomes something else.
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR RemoteIMirrorBootDirectoryPrefix;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The file version and memory version of the IMirror.dat information
|
|
// (the memory version is modified to match this actual machine).
|
|
//
|
|
PMIRROR_CFG_INFO_FILE RemoteIMirrorFileData = NULL;
|
|
PMIRROR_CFG_INFO_MEMORY RemoteIMirrorMemoryData = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Setupldr passes in the IP address of the server we are talking to.
|
|
//
|
|
ULONG RemoteServerIpAddress;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// setupldr may pass us the administrator password in a remote install
|
|
// if the user is prompted for the password.
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR NetBootAdministratorPassword = NULL;
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN GeneralInitialized = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN PcmciaLoaded = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN AtapiLoaded = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Array with the PIDs of all NT greater than 4.x found in the machine (PID 2.0)
|
|
// The values in this array will be saved under Setup\PidList key in the registry,
|
|
// and will be used during GUI setup
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR* Pid20Array = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Product Id read from setupp.ini
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR PidString = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Plug & Play notification handle
|
|
//
|
|
PVOID NotificationEntry = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Plug & Play hardware ID database (unicode)
|
|
//
|
|
PSETUP_PNP_HARDWARE_ID SetupHardwareIdDatabase = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Guid strings to identify mouse and keyboard
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR MouseGuidString = NULL;
|
|
PWSTR KeyboardGuidString = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This flag identifies "dockable" machines (portables)
|
|
// so that we can disble dynamic volumes on them
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN DockableMachine = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Pointer to block of interesting values and other stuff
|
|
// passed to spcmdcon.sys
|
|
//
|
|
PCMDCON_BLOCK gpCmdConsBlock = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//begin NEC98
|
|
PDISK_REGION TargetRegion_Nec98 = NULL;
|
|
#define WINNT_D_DRIVEASSIGN_NEC98_W L"DriveAssign_Nec98"
|
|
#define WINNT_D_DRIVEASSIGN_NEC98_A "DriveAssign_Nec98"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef UNICODE
|
|
#define WINNT_D_DRIVEASSIGN_NEC98 WINNT_D_DRIVEASSIGN_NEC98_W
|
|
#else
|
|
#define WINNT_D_DRIVEASSIGN_NEC98 WINNT_D_DRIVEASSIGN_NEC98_A
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Legacy drive assign for NEC98, HD start from A:
|
|
// but it is only case of upgrade from NT4.0 or Win9x.
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN DriveAssignFromA = FALSE; //PC-AT assign.
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Indicates whether we have a system partition or not
|
|
// on Arc Machines
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN ValidArcSystemPartition = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _X86_
|
|
//
|
|
// NEC98
|
|
//
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
SpReInitializeBootVars_Nec98(
|
|
VOID
|
|
);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpSetAutoBootFlag(
|
|
IN PDISK_REGION TargetRegion,
|
|
IN BOOLEAN SetBootPosision
|
|
);
|
|
//end NEC98
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpTerminate(
|
|
VOID
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpInitialize0a(
|
|
IN PDRIVER_OBJECT DriverObject,
|
|
IN PVOID Context,
|
|
IN ULONG ReferenceCount
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpDetermineProductType(
|
|
IN PVOID SifHandle
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
BOOL
|
|
SpDetermineInstallationSource(
|
|
IN PVOID SifHandle,
|
|
OUT PWSTR *DevicePath,
|
|
OUT PWSTR *DirectoryOnDevice,
|
|
IN BOOLEAN bEscape
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpCompleteBootListConfig(
|
|
WCHAR DriveLetter
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpInitializePidString(
|
|
IN HANDLE MasterSifHandle,
|
|
IN PWSTR SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
IN PWSTR DirectoryOnSourceDevice
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
SpGetStepUpMode(
|
|
IN PWSTR PidExtraData,
|
|
BOOLEAN *StepUpMode
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpCreateDriverRegistryEntries(
|
|
IN PHARDWARE_COMPONENT DriverList
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpFixupRemoteBootLoader(
|
|
PWSTR RemoteBootTarget
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpCreateRemoteBootCfg(
|
|
IN PWSTR RemoteBootTarget,
|
|
IN PDISK_REGION SystemPartitionRegion
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpEraseCscCache(
|
|
IN PDISK_REGION SystemPartitionRegion
|
|
);
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
#if defined HEADLESS_ATTENDEDTEXTMODE_UNATTENDEDGUIMODE
|
|
|
|
VOID SpGetServerType(
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
int ServerTypes, i;
|
|
PWSTR Server[] = {
|
|
L"Web Server",
|
|
L"File Server",
|
|
L"DHCP Server"
|
|
};
|
|
ULONG MenuTopY;
|
|
ULONG MenuHeight;
|
|
ULONG MenuWidth;
|
|
PVOID Menu;
|
|
ULONG CurrentServer;
|
|
ULONG ValidKeys[] = {ASCI_CR};
|
|
ULONG KeyPress;
|
|
|
|
ServerTypes = 3;
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_GET_SERVER_TYPE,
|
|
3,
|
|
CLIENT_TOP+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
MenuTopY =NextMessageTopLine + 2;
|
|
Menu = SpMnCreate(3,
|
|
MenuTopY,
|
|
VideoVars.ScreenWidth -6,
|
|
ServerTypes);
|
|
if (Menu==NULL) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
for (i=0;i<ServerTypes;i++) {
|
|
CurrentServer = (ULONG) i;
|
|
SpMnAddItem(Menu,
|
|
Server[i],
|
|
3,
|
|
VideoVars.ScreenWidth -6,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
CurrentServer
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
SpMnDisplay(Menu,
|
|
0,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
ValidKeys,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
&KeyPress,
|
|
&CurrentServer
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
switch(KeyPress){
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
SpMnDestroy(Menu);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
SpMnDestroy(Menu);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add information to the inf file to setup the correct server
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpGetServerDetails(
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
// Get the type of server that needs to be installed on the machine.
|
|
WCHAR *Constants[1];
|
|
|
|
// Assume licenses are purchased per seat
|
|
|
|
Constants[0]=L"PERSEAT";
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,L"LicenseFilePrintData",L"AutoMode",Constants,1);
|
|
|
|
//Turn on Terminal Services
|
|
Constants[0] = L"ON";
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,L"Components",L"TSEnable",Constants,1);
|
|
|
|
// In order that the terminal server comes up properly, we need to make sure
|
|
// that the network cards are properly configured. In the case of a multihomed
|
|
// NIC or cases we cannot use dhcp, we need to statically configure addresses.
|
|
// will try to do this in the GUI setup. now try to determine the type of server
|
|
// to install.
|
|
|
|
SpGetServerType();
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpGetTimeZone(
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG MenuTopY;
|
|
ULONG MenuHeight;
|
|
ULONG MenuWidth;
|
|
PVOID Menu;
|
|
ULONG ValidKeys[] = {ASCI_CR};
|
|
ULONG KeyPress;
|
|
int i,TimeZones;
|
|
ULONG CurrentTimeZone=4;
|
|
WCHAR *Constants[1];
|
|
WCHAR Temp[20];
|
|
PWSTR TimeZone[] = {
|
|
L" -12:00 Dateline : Eniwetok, Kwajalein",
|
|
L" -11:00 Samoa : Midway Island, Samoa",
|
|
L" -10:00 Hawaiian : Hawaii",
|
|
L" -09:00 Alaskan : Alaska",
|
|
L" -08:00 Pacific : Pacific Time (US & Canada); Tijuana",
|
|
L" -07:00 Mountain : Mountain Time (US & Canada)",
|
|
L" -07:00 US Mountain : Arizona",
|
|
L" -06:00 Central : Central Time (US & Canada)",
|
|
L" -06:00 Canada Central : Saskatchewan",
|
|
L" -06:00 Mexico : Mexico City, Tegucigalpa",
|
|
L" -05:00 Eastern : Eastern Time (US & Canada)",
|
|
L" -05:00 US Eastern : Indiana (East)",
|
|
L" -05:00 SA Pacific : Bogota, Lima, Quito",
|
|
L" -04:00 Atlantic : Atlantic Time (Canada)",
|
|
L" -04:00 SA Western : Caracas, La Paz",
|
|
L" -03:30 Newfoundland : Newfoundland",
|
|
L" -03:00 E. South America : Brasilia",
|
|
L" -03:00 SA Eastern : Buenos Aires, Georgetown",
|
|
L" -02:00 Mid-Atlantic : Mid-Atlantic",
|
|
L" -01:00 Azores: Azores, Cape Verde Is.",
|
|
L" 00:00 GMT : Greenwich Mean Time : Dublin, Edinburgh, Lisbon, London",
|
|
L" 00:00 Greenwich : Casablanca, Monrovia",
|
|
L" +01:00 Central Europe : Belgrade, Bratislava, Budapest, Ljubljana, Prague",
|
|
L" +01:00 Central European : Sarajevo, Skopje, Sofija, Warsaw, Zagreb",
|
|
L" +01:00 Romance : Brussels, Copenhagen, Madrid, Paris, Vilnius",
|
|
L" +01:00 W. Europe : Amsterdam, Berlin, Bern, Rome, Stockholm, Vienna",
|
|
L" +02:00 E. Europe : Bucharest",
|
|
L" +02:00 Egypt : Cairo",
|
|
L" +02:00 FLE : Helsinki, Riga, Tallinn",
|
|
L" +02:00 GTB : Athens, Istanbul, Minsk",
|
|
L" +02:00 Israel : IsraeL",
|
|
L" +02:00 South Africa : Harare, Pretoria",
|
|
L" +03:00 Russian : Moscow, St. Petersburg, Volgograd",
|
|
L" +03:00 Arab : Baghdad, Kuwait, Riyadh",
|
|
L" +03:00 E. Africa : Nairobi",
|
|
L" +03:30 Iran : Tehran",
|
|
L" +04:00 Arabian : Abu Dhabi, Muscat",
|
|
L" +04:00 Caucasus : Baku, Tbilisi",
|
|
L" +04:30 Afghanistan : KabuL",
|
|
L" +05:00 Ekaterinburg : Ekaterinburg",
|
|
L" +05:00 West Asia : Islamabad, Karachi, Tashkent",
|
|
L" +05:30 India : Bombay, Calcutta, Madras, New Delhi",
|
|
L" +06:00 Central Asia : Almaty, Dhaka",
|
|
L" +06:00 Sri Lanka : Colombo",
|
|
L" +07:00 SE Asia : Bangkok, Hanoi, Jakarta",
|
|
L" +08:00 China : Beijing, Chongqing, Hong Kong, Urumqi",
|
|
L" +08:00 Singapore : Singapore",
|
|
L" +08:00 Taipei : Taipei",
|
|
L" +08:00 W. Australia : Perth",
|
|
L" +09:00 Korea : SeouL",
|
|
L" +09:00 Tokyo : Osaka, Sapporo, Tokyo",
|
|
L" +09:00 Yakutsk : Yakutsk",
|
|
L" +09:30 AUS Central : Darwin",
|
|
L" +09:30 Cen. Australia : Adelaide",
|
|
L" +10:00 AUS Eastern : Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney",
|
|
L" +10:00 E. Australia : Brisbane",
|
|
L" +10:00 Tasmania : Hobart",
|
|
L" +10:00 Vladivostok : Vladivostok",
|
|
L" +10:00 West Pacific : Guam, Port Moresby",
|
|
L" +11:00 Central Pacific : Magadan, Solomon Is., New Caledonia",
|
|
L" +12:00 Fiji: Fiji, Kamchatka, Marshall Is.",
|
|
L" +12:00 New Zealand : Auckland, Wellington"
|
|
};
|
|
ULONG TimeZoneIndex[] = {
|
|
0,
|
|
1,
|
|
2,
|
|
3,
|
|
4,
|
|
10,
|
|
15,
|
|
20,
|
|
25,
|
|
30,
|
|
35,
|
|
40,
|
|
45,
|
|
50,
|
|
55,
|
|
60,
|
|
65,
|
|
70,
|
|
75,
|
|
80,
|
|
85,
|
|
90,
|
|
95,
|
|
100,
|
|
105,
|
|
110,
|
|
115,
|
|
120,
|
|
125,
|
|
130,
|
|
135,
|
|
140,
|
|
145,
|
|
150,
|
|
155,
|
|
160,
|
|
165,
|
|
170,
|
|
175,
|
|
180,
|
|
185,
|
|
190,
|
|
195,
|
|
200,
|
|
205,
|
|
210,
|
|
215,
|
|
220,
|
|
225,
|
|
230,
|
|
235,
|
|
240,
|
|
245,
|
|
250,
|
|
255,
|
|
260,
|
|
265,
|
|
270,
|
|
275,
|
|
280,
|
|
285,
|
|
290
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
TimeZones = sizeof(TimeZoneIndex)/sizeof(ULONG);
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_GET_TIME_ZONE,
|
|
3,
|
|
CLIENT_TOP+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
MenuTopY =NextMessageTopLine + 2;
|
|
Menu = SpMnCreate(
|
|
3,
|
|
MenuTopY,
|
|
VideoVars.ScreenWidth -6,
|
|
10);
|
|
if (Menu==NULL) {
|
|
Constants[0] = L"4";
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W,
|
|
L"TimeZone",Constants,1);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
for (i=0;i<TimeZones;i++) {
|
|
SpMnAddItem(Menu,
|
|
TimeZone[i],
|
|
3,
|
|
VideoVars.ScreenWidth -6,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
TimeZoneIndex[i]
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
SpMnDisplay(Menu,
|
|
0,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
ValidKeys,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
&KeyPress,
|
|
&CurrentTimeZone
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
switch(KeyPress){
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
SpMnDestroy(Menu);
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
SpMnDestroy(Menu);
|
|
}
|
|
swprintf(Temp,L"%ld",CurrentTimeZone);
|
|
Constants[0] = Temp;
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W,
|
|
L"TimeZone",Constants,1);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ValidationValue
|
|
SpGetAsciiCB(
|
|
IN ULONG Key
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
if (Key & KEY_NON_CHARACTER) {
|
|
return(ValidateReject);
|
|
}
|
|
return(ValidateAccept);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpGetNecessaryParameters(
|
|
)
|
|
/*+++
|
|
Reads in the necessary input values to allow GUI mode setup to proceed
|
|
unattended.
|
|
1. Name of person
|
|
2. Computer Name
|
|
3. Organization
|
|
4. Timezone
|
|
---*/
|
|
{
|
|
/*+++
|
|
Get Full Name of the User and the Organization
|
|
---*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
WCHAR *Buffer[3];
|
|
WCHAR *InputBuffer[3];
|
|
WCHAR CompBuffer[200], NameBuffer[200], OrgBuffer[200];
|
|
WCHAR Comp[40], Name[40], Org[40];
|
|
ULONG Top[3];
|
|
int index=0;
|
|
int i;
|
|
BOOLEAN notdone = TRUE;
|
|
BOOLEAN status;
|
|
WCHAR *Constants[1];
|
|
|
|
Buffer[0] = NameBuffer;
|
|
Buffer[1] = OrgBuffer;
|
|
Buffer[2] = CompBuffer;
|
|
|
|
InputBuffer[0] = Name;
|
|
InputBuffer[1] = Org;
|
|
InputBuffer[2] = Comp;
|
|
|
|
for(i=0;i<3;i++){
|
|
swprintf(Buffer[i],L"");
|
|
swprintf(InputBuffer[i],L"");
|
|
}
|
|
do{
|
|
notdone= FALSE;
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_GET_GUI_STUFF,
|
|
3,
|
|
CLIENT_TOP+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpFormatMessage(NameBuffer,sizeof(NameBuffer),SP_TEXT_NAME_PROMPT);
|
|
//SpvidDisplayString(Buffer[0],DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE,3,NextMessageTopLine);
|
|
SpContinueScreen(SP_TEXT_NAME_PROMPT,3,3,FALSE, DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE);
|
|
Top[0] = NextMessageTopLine - 1;
|
|
|
|
SpFormatMessage(OrgBuffer,sizeof(OrgBuffer),SP_TEXT_ORG_PROMPT);
|
|
//SpvidDisplayString(Buffer[1],DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE,3,NextMessageTopLine);
|
|
SpContinueScreen(SP_TEXT_ORG_PROMPT,3,3,FALSE, DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE);
|
|
Top[1] = NextMessageTopLine - 1;
|
|
|
|
SpFormatMessage(CompBuffer,sizeof(CompBuffer),SP_TEXT_COMPUTER_PROMPT);
|
|
//SpvidDisplayString(Buffer[2],DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE,3,NextMessageTopLine);
|
|
SpContinueScreen(SP_TEXT_COMPUTER_PROMPT,3,3,FALSE, DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE);
|
|
Top[2] = NextMessageTopLine - 1;
|
|
|
|
index = 0;
|
|
do{
|
|
status = SpGetInput(SpGetAsciiCB,
|
|
SplangGetColumnCount(Buffer[index])+5,
|
|
Top[index],
|
|
20,
|
|
InputBuffer[index],
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
index = (index+1) %3;
|
|
}while (index != 0);
|
|
for(i=0;i<3;i++){
|
|
if (wcscmp(InputBuffer[i],L"")==0) {
|
|
notdone=TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}while(notdone);
|
|
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_USERDATA_W,
|
|
WINNT_US_FULLNAME_W,InputBuffer,1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_USERDATA_W,
|
|
WINNT_US_ORGNAME_W,&(InputBuffer[1]),1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_USERDATA_W,
|
|
WINNT_US_COMPNAME_W,&(InputBuffer[2]),1);
|
|
Constants[0] = L"1";
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W,
|
|
L"OemSkipWelcome",Constants,1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W,
|
|
L"OemSkipRegional",Constants,1);
|
|
|
|
// Get the Timezone Information
|
|
SpGetTimeZone();
|
|
|
|
Constants[0] =L"*";
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W, L"AdminPassword",Constants,1);
|
|
Constants[0]=L"Yes";
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W,L"AutoLogon",Constants,1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,L"Networking",L"ProcessPageSections",Constants,1);
|
|
Constants[0]=L"Dummy";
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,L"Identification",L"JoinWorkgroup",Constants,1);
|
|
Constants[0] = L"%systemroot%\\rccser\\rccser.exe";
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,L"GuiRunOnce",NULL,Constants,1);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpRenameSetupAPILog(
|
|
PDISK_REGION TargetRegion,
|
|
PCWSTR TargetPath
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpProcessMigrateInfFile(
|
|
IN PVOID InfHandle
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpProcessUnsupDrvInfFile(
|
|
IN PVOID InfHandle
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpCheckForDockableMachine(
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpCheckForBadBios(
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
SpUpgradeToNT50FileSystems(
|
|
PVOID SifHandle,
|
|
PDISK_REGION SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
PDISK_REGION NTPartitionRegion,
|
|
PWSTR SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
PWSTR DirectoryOnSetupSource
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// From spcopy.c.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
SpDelEnumFile(
|
|
IN PCWSTR DirName,
|
|
IN PFILE_BOTH_DIR_INFORMATION FileInfo,
|
|
OUT PULONG ret,
|
|
IN PVOID Pointer
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//begin NEC98
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpCheckHiveDriveLetters(
|
|
VOID
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpSetHiveDriveLetterNec98(
|
|
BOOLEAN DriveAssign_AT
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpDeleteDriveLetterFromNTFTNec98(
|
|
VOID
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpDeleteDriveLetterFromNTFTWorkerNec98(
|
|
VOID
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpDiskRegistryQueryRoutineNec98(
|
|
IN PWSTR ValueName,
|
|
IN ULONG ValueType,
|
|
IN PVOID ValueData,
|
|
IN ULONG ValueLength,
|
|
IN PVOID Context,
|
|
IN PVOID EntryContext
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
extern VOID
|
|
SpPtRemapDriveLetters(
|
|
IN BOOLEAN DriveAssign_AT
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
extern VOID
|
|
SpPtAssignDriveLetters(
|
|
VOID
|
|
);
|
|
//end NEC98
|
|
|
|
ValidationValue
|
|
SpValidateAdminPassword(
|
|
IN ULONG Key
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// if the user hits F3,
|
|
// then bail the SpGetInput so that
|
|
// we can restart the process of getting
|
|
// the admin's password again
|
|
//
|
|
if( Key == KEY_F3 ) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// see if the user wants to exit setup
|
|
//
|
|
SpConfirmExit();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// we didnt exit, so bail from SpGetInput
|
|
//
|
|
return ValidateTerminate;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( (Key > 0x20) && (Key < 0x7F) ) {
|
|
// The key fits our criteria.
|
|
return(ValidateAccept);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return(ValidateReject);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOLEAN
|
|
SpGetAdministratorPassword(
|
|
PWCHAR AdministratorPassword,
|
|
ULONG MaxPasswordLength
|
|
)
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine asks the user for an administrator password.
|
|
|
|
The contents of the response are checked to ensure the password
|
|
is reasonable. If the response is not deemed reasonable, then
|
|
the user is informed and requeried.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
AdministratorPassword - Pointer to a string which holds the password.
|
|
|
|
MaxPasswordLength - size of the AdministratorPassword buffer.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the password is successfully retrieved.
|
|
|
|
FALSE otherwise.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
{
|
|
#define MY_MAX_PASSWORD_LENGTH (20)
|
|
BOOLEAN Done = FALSE;
|
|
WCHAR ConfirmAdministratorPassword[MY_MAX_PASSWORD_LENGTH+1];
|
|
ULONG AdminValidKeys[] = { KEY_F3, ASCI_CR };
|
|
BOOLEAN GotAPassword;
|
|
|
|
if( (AdministratorPassword == NULL) || (MaxPasswordLength == 0) ) {
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Keep asking the user until we get what we want.
|
|
//
|
|
Done = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions( DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0 );
|
|
SpDisplayScreen( SP_SCRN_GET_ADMIN_PASSWORD, 3, 4 );
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
|
|
AdministratorPassword[0] = TEXT('\0');
|
|
|
|
GotAPassword = SpGetInput(
|
|
SpValidateAdminPassword,
|
|
27, // left edge of edit field.
|
|
NextMessageTopLine - 1,
|
|
(MaxPasswordLength < MY_MAX_PASSWORD_LENGTH) ? MaxPasswordLength : MY_MAX_PASSWORD_LENGTH,
|
|
AdministratorPassword,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
L'*' );
|
|
|
|
if( GotAPassword && wcscmp( AdministratorPassword, TEXT("") ) ) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Ask them to re-enter the password so we can make
|
|
// sure we got it right.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayScreen( SP_SCRN_GET_ADMIN_PASSWORD_CONFIRM, 3, 4 );
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
|
|
ConfirmAdministratorPassword[0] = TEXT('\0');
|
|
|
|
GotAPassword = SpGetInput(
|
|
SpValidateAdminPassword,
|
|
27, // left edge of edit field.
|
|
NextMessageTopLine - 1,
|
|
MY_MAX_PASSWORD_LENGTH,
|
|
ConfirmAdministratorPassword,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
L'*' );
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// if the user exited normaly - pressed return,
|
|
// then process the password
|
|
// else recycle back to the first admin password screen
|
|
//
|
|
if (GotAPassword) {
|
|
|
|
if( !wcscmp(AdministratorPassword, ConfirmAdministratorPassword) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// They match and they're not empty.
|
|
//
|
|
Done = TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// They didn't enter the same password.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayScreen( SP_SCRN_GET_ADMIN_PASSWORD_FAILURE, 3, 4 );
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_ENTER_EQUALS_CONTINUE,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
|
|
switch(SpWaitValidKey(AdminValidKeys,NULL,NULL)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants to continue.
|
|
//
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants to exit.
|
|
//
|
|
case KEY_F3:
|
|
SpConfirmExit();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} while ( !Done );
|
|
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpMigrateDeviceInstanceData(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS status;
|
|
PVOID tmpWinntSifHandle = NULL;
|
|
ULONG lineCount, errorLine, lineIndex;
|
|
PWSTR keyName, keyValue;
|
|
ULONG ulDisposition, drvInst;
|
|
DWORD valueData;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING unicodeString, valueName, drvInstString;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES obja;
|
|
HANDLE hControlClassKey, hClassGuidKey, hClassGuidSubkey;
|
|
HANDLE hEnumKey, hEnumeratorKey, hDeviceKey, hInstanceKey, hLogConfKey;
|
|
PWSTR classGuid, classGuidSubkey;
|
|
PWSTR enumerator, device, instance;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Use the asrpnp.sif file, if present, otherwise use winnt.sif.
|
|
//
|
|
if (SetupldrASRPnPSifFileSize != 0) {
|
|
status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(NULL,
|
|
SetupldrASRPnPSifFile,
|
|
SetupldrASRPnPSifFileSize,
|
|
&tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
&errorLine,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
} else {
|
|
status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(NULL,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFile,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFileSize,
|
|
&tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
&errorLine,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Process the section for hash values to migrate
|
|
//
|
|
lineCount = SpCountLinesInSection(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEHASHVALUES_W);
|
|
if (lineCount != 0) {
|
|
//
|
|
// There are hash values in the sif file that need to be migrated.
|
|
// Open the Enum branch of the registry.
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
L"\\Registry\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\Enum");
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hEnumKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
&ulDisposition);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make sure that the Enum key has already been created by
|
|
// kernel-mode PnP. This is important because kernel-mode PnP
|
|
// creates the key with special ACLs.
|
|
//
|
|
ASSERT(ulDisposition == REG_OPENED_EXISTING_KEY);
|
|
|
|
for (lineIndex = 0; lineIndex < lineCount; lineIndex++) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// key name is the hash value name
|
|
//
|
|
keyName = SpGetKeyName(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEHASHVALUES_W,
|
|
lineIndex);
|
|
if ((keyName == NULL) || (wcslen(keyName) == 0)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to get the hash value, Section = %ls \n",
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEHASHVALUES_W));
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// key value index == 0 is the hash value data
|
|
//
|
|
keyValue = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEHASHVALUES_W,
|
|
keyName, 0);
|
|
|
|
if ((keyValue == NULL) || (wcslen(keyValue) == 0)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to get the hash value data, Section = %ls, hash = %ls\n",
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEHASHVALUES_W, keyName));
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&unicodeString, keyValue);
|
|
status = RtlUnicodeStringToInteger(&unicodeString,
|
|
0, // base 10 (or as specified)
|
|
&valueData);
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, SpDupStringW(keyName));
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Migrating hash value: %ls = %ls\n",
|
|
keyName, keyValue));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the hash value under the Enum branch
|
|
//
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(hEnumKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0, // XXX TITLE_INDEX_VALUE
|
|
REG_DWORD,
|
|
&valueData,
|
|
sizeof(DWORD));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set hash value entry %ws\n",
|
|
valueName.Buffer));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(valueName.Buffer);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the Enum key
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hEnumKey);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to open Enum key, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Process the section for class keys to migrate
|
|
//
|
|
lineCount = SpCountLinesInSection(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_CLASSKEYS_W);
|
|
if (lineCount != 0) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Open the Class key of the registry
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
L"\\Registry\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\Class");
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hControlClassKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
&ulDisposition);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Verify that the key was already present
|
|
//
|
|
ASSERT(ulDisposition == REG_OPENED_EXISTING_KEY);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Migrate the Class keys in the sif file
|
|
//
|
|
for (lineIndex = 0; lineIndex < lineCount; lineIndex++) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Index == 0 of each line in the classkeys section is the name
|
|
// of a Class subkey to be created
|
|
//
|
|
keyName = SpGetSectionLineIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_CLASSKEYS_W,
|
|
lineIndex, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (keyName == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to get the Class subkey, Section = %ls \n",
|
|
WINNT_CLASSKEYS_W));
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Migrating class key = %ls. \n", keyName));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the class subkey path
|
|
//
|
|
classGuid = SpDupStringW(keyName);
|
|
if (!classGuid) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Cannot create the migrated Class subkey %ws\n",
|
|
keyName));
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Separate the class GUID key and subkey strings
|
|
//
|
|
classGuidSubkey = wcschr(classGuid, L'\\');
|
|
ASSERT(classGuidSubkey);
|
|
if (classGuidSubkey == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Cannot create the migrated Class subkey %ws\n",
|
|
keyName));
|
|
SpMemFree(classGuid);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*classGuidSubkey = L'\0';
|
|
classGuidSubkey++;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create/open the class GUID key under the Control\Class key
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
classGuid);
|
|
|
|
obja.RootDirectory = hControlClassKey;
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hClassGuidKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Create/open the class GUID subkey under the class GUID key
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
classGuidSubkey);
|
|
|
|
obja.RootDirectory = hClassGuidKey;
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hClassGuidSubkey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the Class GUID subkey
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hClassGuidSubkey);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to create subkey %ws for class %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
classGuid, classGuidSubkey, status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the Class GUID key
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hClassGuidKey);
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to create class key %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
classGuid, status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Free the allocated string
|
|
//
|
|
SpMemFree(classGuid);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the Control\Class key
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hControlClassKey);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to open Control\\Class key, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Process the section for device instances to migrate
|
|
//
|
|
lineCount = SpCountLinesInSection(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W);
|
|
|
|
if (lineCount != 0) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Open the Enum key of the registry
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
L"\\Registry\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\Enum");
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hEnumKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
&ulDisposition);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Verify that the Enum key was already present
|
|
//
|
|
ASSERT(ulDisposition == REG_OPENED_EXISTING_KEY);
|
|
|
|
for (lineIndex = 0; lineIndex < lineCount; lineIndex++) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Index == 0 of each line in the deviceinstances section is a
|
|
// device instance key to be created
|
|
//
|
|
keyName = SpGetSectionLineIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W,
|
|
lineIndex, 0);
|
|
if (keyName == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to get the device instance path, Section = %ls \n",
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W));
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Migrating device instance = %ls. \n", keyName));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the device instance path
|
|
//
|
|
enumerator = SpDupStringW(keyName);
|
|
if (!enumerator) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Cannot copy device instance path %ws\n",
|
|
keyName));
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Separate the enumerator and device strings
|
|
//
|
|
device = wcschr(enumerator, L'\\');
|
|
ASSERT(device);
|
|
if (device == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Cannot separate device string from device instance path %ws\n",
|
|
enumerator));
|
|
SpMemFree(enumerator);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*device = L'\0';
|
|
device++;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Separate the device and instance strings
|
|
//
|
|
instance = wcschr(device, L'\\');
|
|
ASSERT(instance);
|
|
if (instance == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Cannot separate instance string from device instance path %ws\n",
|
|
enumerator));
|
|
SpMemFree(enumerator);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*instance = L'\0';
|
|
instance++;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create/open the enumerator key under the Enum key
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
enumerator);
|
|
|
|
obja.RootDirectory = hEnumKey;
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hEnumeratorKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Create/open the device subkey under the enumerator key
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
device);
|
|
|
|
obja.RootDirectory = hEnumeratorKey;
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hDeviceKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the enumerator key
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hEnumeratorKey);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Create/open the instance subkey under the device key
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
instance);
|
|
|
|
obja.RootDirectory = hDeviceKey;
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hInstanceKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
&ulDisposition);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the device key
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hDeviceKey);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this instance key was newly created, set a value
|
|
// indicating that it is a special migrated key.
|
|
//
|
|
if (ulDisposition == REG_CREATED_NEW_KEY) {
|
|
valueData = 1;
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, L"Migrated");
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(hInstanceKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0, // XXX TITLE_INDEX_VALUE
|
|
REG_DWORD,
|
|
&valueData,
|
|
sizeof(DWORD));
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set Migrated == 1 for %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
keyName, status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Index == 1 is the UniqueParentID
|
|
//
|
|
keyValue = SpGetSectionLineIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W,
|
|
lineIndex, 1);
|
|
|
|
if (keyValue && (wcslen(keyValue) != 0)) {
|
|
// temporarily use unicodeString for conversion
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP:\tUniqueParentID = %ls. \n",
|
|
keyValue));
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&unicodeString, keyValue);
|
|
status = RtlUnicodeStringToInteger(&unicodeString,
|
|
16, // base 16
|
|
&valueData);
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, L"UniqueParentID");
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(hInstanceKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0, // XXX TITLE_INDEX_VALUE
|
|
REG_DWORD,
|
|
&valueData,
|
|
sizeof(DWORD));
|
|
}
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set UniqueParentID value for %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
keyName, status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Index == 2 is the parent id prefix
|
|
//
|
|
keyValue = SpGetSectionLineIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W,
|
|
lineIndex, 2);
|
|
|
|
if (keyValue && (wcslen(keyValue) != 0)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP:\tParentIdPrefix = %ls. \n",
|
|
keyValue));
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&unicodeString, keyValue);
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, L"ParentIdPrefix");
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(hInstanceKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0, // XXX TITLE_INDEX_VALUE
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
unicodeString.Buffer,
|
|
unicodeString.Length + sizeof(UNICODE_NULL));
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set ParentIdPrefix value for %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
keyName, status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Index == 3 is the class key name
|
|
//
|
|
keyValue = SpGetSectionLineIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W,
|
|
lineIndex, 3);
|
|
|
|
if (keyValue && (wcslen(keyValue) > GUID_STRING_LEN)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP:\tClass key = %ls. \n", keyValue));
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, REGSTR_VAL_DRIVER);
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(
|
|
hInstanceKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
keyValue,
|
|
(wcslen(keyValue) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set Driver value for %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
keyName, status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Migrate the ClassGUID value also (implied from
|
|
// the class key name), otherwise the class key name
|
|
// value may be considered invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
instance = wcschr(keyValue, L'\\');
|
|
ASSERT(instance);
|
|
ASSERT((instance - keyValue + 1) == GUID_STRING_LEN);
|
|
if ((instance != NULL) && ((instance - keyValue + 1) == GUID_STRING_LEN)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Separate the instance subkey from the class GUID.
|
|
//
|
|
*instance = L'\0';
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, REGSTR_VAL_CLASSGUID);
|
|
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(
|
|
hInstanceKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
keyValue,
|
|
GUID_STRING_LEN * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set ClassGUID value for %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
keyName, status));
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Cannot separate instance string class GUID for %ws\n",
|
|
keyName));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Index == 4 is the Service name, migrated for ROOT
|
|
// enumerated device instances only.
|
|
//
|
|
keyValue = SpGetSectionLineIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W,
|
|
lineIndex, 4);
|
|
|
|
if (keyValue && (wcslen(keyValue) != 0)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP:\tService = %ls. \n", keyValue));
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&unicodeString, keyValue);
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, REGSTR_VAL_SERVICE);
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(hInstanceKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0, // XXX TITLE_INDEX_VALUE
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
unicodeString.Buffer,
|
|
unicodeString.Length + sizeof(UNICODE_NULL));
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set Service value for %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
keyName, status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Index == 5 is the BootConfig data, migrated for ROOT
|
|
// enumerated device instances only.
|
|
//
|
|
keyValue = SpGetSectionLineIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W,
|
|
lineIndex, 5);
|
|
|
|
if (keyValue && (wcslen(keyValue) != 0)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP:\tBootConfig = %ls. \n",
|
|
keyValue));
|
|
//
|
|
// Create/open the non-volatile LogConf subkey,
|
|
// under the instance key.
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&obja,
|
|
&unicodeString,
|
|
L"LogConf");
|
|
|
|
obja.RootDirectory = hInstanceKey;
|
|
|
|
status = ZwCreateKey(&hLogConfKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
&ulDisposition);
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status) && (ulDisposition == REG_CREATED_NEW_KEY)) {
|
|
DWORD i, length;
|
|
WCHAR szByte[3];
|
|
ULONG ulByte;
|
|
PBYTE pBootConfig = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Since each character is just a nibble, make
|
|
// sure we have an even number of characters,
|
|
// else we won't have a whole number of bytes.
|
|
//
|
|
length = wcslen(keyValue);
|
|
ASSERT((length % 2) == 0);
|
|
|
|
pBootConfig = SpMemAlloc(length/2);
|
|
if (pBootConfig) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Convert the BootConfig string buffer data
|
|
// to bytes.
|
|
//
|
|
for (i = 0; i < length; i+=2) {
|
|
szByte[0] = keyValue[i];
|
|
szByte[1] = keyValue[i+1];
|
|
szByte[2] = UNICODE_NULL;
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&unicodeString, szByte);
|
|
|
|
status = RtlUnicodeStringToInteger(&unicodeString,
|
|
16,
|
|
&ulByte);
|
|
ASSERT(NT_SUCCESS(status));
|
|
ASSERT(ulByte <= 0xFF);
|
|
|
|
pBootConfig[i/2] = (BYTE)ulByte;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, REGSTR_VAL_BOOTCONFIG);
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(hLogConfKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0, // XXX TITLE_INDEX_VALUE
|
|
REG_RESOURCE_LIST,
|
|
pBootConfig,
|
|
length/2);
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set BootConfig value for %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
keyName, status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Free the allocated BootConfig buffer.
|
|
//
|
|
SpMemFree(pBootConfig);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to allocate BootConfig buffer for %ws\n",
|
|
keyName));
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the LogConf key
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hLogConfKey);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Index == 6 is the FirmwareIdentified value, migrated for ROOT
|
|
// enumerated device instances only.
|
|
//
|
|
keyValue = SpGetSectionLineIndex(tmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_DEVICEINSTANCES_W,
|
|
lineIndex, 6);
|
|
|
|
if (keyValue && (wcslen(keyValue) != 0)) {
|
|
// temporarily use unicodeString for conversion
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP:\tFirmwareIdentified = %ls. \n",
|
|
keyValue));
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&unicodeString, keyValue);
|
|
valueData = 0;
|
|
status = RtlUnicodeStringToInteger(&unicodeString,
|
|
16, // base 16
|
|
&valueData);
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(status) && valueData != 0) {
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&valueName, L"FirmwareIdentified");
|
|
status = ZwSetValueKey(hInstanceKey,
|
|
&valueName,
|
|
0, // XXX TITLE_INDEX_VALUE
|
|
REG_DWORD,
|
|
&valueData,
|
|
sizeof(DWORD));
|
|
}
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to set FirmwareIdentified value for %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
keyName, status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the instance key
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hInstanceKey);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to create instance subkey %ws for device %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
instance, device, status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to create device subkey %ws for enumerator %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
device, enumerator, status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Unable to create enumerator subkey %ws, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
enumerator, status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Free the allocated device instance path string
|
|
//
|
|
SpMemFree(enumerator);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Close the Enum key
|
|
//
|
|
ZwClose(hEnumKey);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Free the loaded sif file
|
|
//
|
|
SpFreeTextFile(tmpWinntSifHandle);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL
|
|
SpGetPnPDeviceInfo(
|
|
IN PWSTR DeviceId,
|
|
IN PSETUP_PNP_HARDWARE_ID HardwareIdDatabase,
|
|
OUT PWSTR* ServiceName,
|
|
OUT PWSTR* ClassGuid
|
|
)
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine searches the hardware id database, for an entry that matches
|
|
the hardware id passed as parameter.
|
|
If an entry is found, then the function returns the name of the service
|
|
associated to the hardware id, and its ClassGUID (if any).
|
|
|
|
Since this function is called by SpPnpNotificationCallback, it should not
|
|
use TemporaryBuffer.
|
|
If a temporary buffer is needed, then this function should allocate its own.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
HardwareId - Pointer to a hardware id string.
|
|
|
|
ServiceName - On return, it will contain the pointer to the service name
|
|
for the device.
|
|
|
|
ClassGuid - On return, it will contain the pointer the class GUID for
|
|
the device.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
Returns TRUE if the HardwareId was found on the database,
|
|
or FALSE otherwise.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
{
|
|
PWCHAR s,lastsep;
|
|
BOOLEAN DeviceFound;
|
|
PSETUP_PNP_HARDWARE_ID p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
lastsep = DeviceId;
|
|
for(s=DeviceId; *s; s++) {
|
|
if((*s == L'*') || (*s == L'\\')) {
|
|
lastsep = s+1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DeviceFound = FALSE;
|
|
for(p=HardwareIdDatabase; p; p=p->Next) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for a direct match
|
|
//
|
|
if(!_wcsicmp(p->Id,DeviceId)) {
|
|
*ServiceName = p->DriverName;
|
|
*ClassGuid = p->ClassGuid;
|
|
DeviceFound = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If there was a '*' check for a component match
|
|
//
|
|
if((p->Id[0] == L'*') && !_wcsicmp(p->Id+1,lastsep)) {
|
|
*ServiceName = p->DriverName;
|
|
*ClassGuid = p->ClassGuid;
|
|
DeviceFound = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return(DeviceFound);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpPnPNotificationCallBack(
|
|
IN PVOID NotificationStructure,
|
|
IN PVOID Context
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This is the callback function called by P&P, to inform textmode
|
|
setup of a new hardware detected.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
NotificationStructure - Pointer to a structure of type
|
|
SETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION.
|
|
|
|
Context - Context information that textmode setup provided during
|
|
notification registration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
Status is returned.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
HANDLE hKey;
|
|
ULONG Length;
|
|
PWSTR Data = NULL;
|
|
ULONG DataSize;
|
|
PWSTR ServiceName = NULL;
|
|
PWSTR ClassGuid = NULL;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
PWSTR HardwareID = NULL;
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
BOOLEAN SerialPortDetected = FALSE;
|
|
PVOID Buffer = NULL;
|
|
ULONG BufferSize;
|
|
PWSTR ValueNames[] = {
|
|
REGSTR_VAL_HARDWAREID,
|
|
REGSTR_VAL_COMPATIBLEIDS
|
|
};
|
|
HARDWAREIDLIST *MyHardwareIDList = HardwareIDList;
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!((PSETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION)NotificationStructure)->InstallDriver) {
|
|
return STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieve the service name for the device detected.
|
|
// To do this, we need to get each each hardware id, and determine
|
|
// if there is a service name associated with the id. If there is
|
|
// no service associated with any of the hardware ids, then we try
|
|
// find a service name associated the compatible id.
|
|
// If we can't find a service name for this device at all, then we don't
|
|
// need this device during textmode setup (ie, we don't install this
|
|
// device during textmode setup).
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Allocate a big buffer to read the registry value (service name).
|
|
// Note that this function should not use TemporaryBuffer, since
|
|
// this function can be called asyncronously at any point during setup,
|
|
// and TemporaryBuffer may be in use.
|
|
//
|
|
BufferSize = 4*1024;
|
|
Buffer = SpMemAlloc( BufferSize );
|
|
if( Buffer == NULL ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpPnPNotificationCallBack() failed to allocate memory.\n"));
|
|
Status = STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
goto CleanUp;
|
|
}
|
|
for( i = 0; i < sizeof(ValueNames)/sizeof(PWSTR); i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString, ValueNames[i]);
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwQueryValueKey(((PSETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION)NotificationStructure)->EnumEntryKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
KeyValuePartialInformation,
|
|
Buffer,
|
|
BufferSize,
|
|
&Length
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) && ( Status == STATUS_BUFFER_OVERFLOW ) ) {
|
|
BufferSize = Length;
|
|
Buffer = SpMemRealloc( Buffer, BufferSize );
|
|
Status = ZwQueryValueKey(((PSETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION)NotificationStructure)->EnumEntryKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
KeyValuePartialInformation,
|
|
Buffer,
|
|
Length,
|
|
&Length
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
if( i == 0 ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_WARNING_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpPnPNotificationCallBack() failed to retrieve HardwareID. Status = %lx \n", Status));
|
|
continue;
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_WARNING_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpPnPNotificationCallBack() failed to retrieve HardwareID and CompatibleID. Status = %lx \n", Status));
|
|
SpMemFree( Buffer );
|
|
goto CleanUp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
Data = (PWCHAR)(((PKEY_VALUE_PARTIAL_INFORMATION)Buffer)->Data);
|
|
DataSize = ((PKEY_VALUE_PARTIAL_INFORMATION)Buffer)->DataLength;
|
|
for( p = Data;
|
|
(p < (PWSTR)((PUCHAR)Data + DataSize) && (*p != (WCHAR)'\0'));
|
|
p += wcslen( p ) + 1 ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieve the service name for this device
|
|
//
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: HardwareID = %ls. \n", p));
|
|
ServiceName = NULL;
|
|
ClassGuid = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Now remember our list of devices for later use.
|
|
//
|
|
MyHardwareIDList = SpMemAlloc( sizeof(HARDWAREIDLIST) );
|
|
MyHardwareIDList->HardwareID = SpDupStringW( p );
|
|
MyHardwareIDList->Next = HardwareIDList;
|
|
HardwareIDList = MyHardwareIDList;
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( SpGetPnPDeviceInfo(p,
|
|
(PSETUP_PNP_HARDWARE_ID)Context,
|
|
&ServiceName,
|
|
&ClassGuid) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: HardwareID = %ls, ServiceName = %ls. \n", p, ServiceName));
|
|
|
|
if (RemoteSysPrepSetup) {
|
|
HardwareID = SpMemAlloc((wcslen(p) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
if (HardwareID != NULL) {
|
|
wcscpy(HardwareID, p);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if( ServiceName != NULL ) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if( ServiceName == NULL ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// We just don't care about this device during text setup phase
|
|
//
|
|
SpMemFree( Buffer );
|
|
Status = STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_NOT_FOUND;
|
|
goto CleanUp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Find out if this device is a mouse or a USB keyboard
|
|
//
|
|
if( !_wcsicmp( ServiceName, L"i8042prt" ) ) {
|
|
if( !_wcsicmp( ClassGuid, KeyboardGuidString ) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// This is a keyboard
|
|
//
|
|
StdKeyboardDetected = TRUE;
|
|
} else if( !_wcsicmp( ClassGuid, MouseGuidString ) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// This is a Mouse Port compatible mouse
|
|
//
|
|
PS2MouseDetected = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if( !_wcsicmp( ServiceName, L"sermouse" ) ) {
|
|
SerMouseDetected = TRUE;
|
|
} else if( !_wcsicmp( ServiceName, L"mouhid" ) ) {
|
|
UsbMouseDetected = TRUE;
|
|
} else if( !_wcsicmp( ServiceName, L"kbdhid" ) ) {
|
|
UsbKeyboardDetected = TRUE;
|
|
} else if( !_wcsicmp( ServiceName, L"serial" ) ) {
|
|
SerialPortDetected = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// At this point Buffer is no longer needed, so we free it.
|
|
//
|
|
SpMemFree( Buffer );
|
|
BufferSize = 0;
|
|
Buffer = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If the driver for this device was already loaded, then the device may
|
|
// be needed during textmode setup.
|
|
// Create a value entry called "Service" of type REG_SZ, with the name
|
|
// of the service associated with this device only if the service string is not
|
|
// empty as we allow inserting only a GUID.
|
|
//
|
|
if((NULL != ServiceName) && (UNICODE_NULL != ServiceName[0])){
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString, REGSTR_VAL_SERVICE);
|
|
Status = ZwSetValueKey( ((PSETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION)NotificationStructure)->EnumEntryKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
ServiceName,
|
|
(wcslen( ServiceName ) + 1)*sizeof(WCHAR) );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS( Status ) && ( NULL != ClassGuid ) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString, REGSTR_VAL_CLASSGUID);
|
|
Status = ZwSetValueKey( ((PSETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION)NotificationStructure)->EnumEntryKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
ClassGuid,
|
|
(wcslen(ClassGuid) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// If we successfully set the controlling service value, then we should also set
|
|
// the CONFIGFLAG_FINISH_INSTALL config flag, so that we'll finish the installation
|
|
// of this device later (i.e., when we're in user-mode and have access to the device
|
|
// installer APIs, class installers, etc.)
|
|
//
|
|
ULONG ConfigFlags = 0x00000400; // CONFIGFLAG_FINISH_INSTALL from sdk\inc\regstr.h
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString, REGSTR_VAL_CONFIGFLAGS);
|
|
Status = ZwSetValueKey( ((PSETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION)NotificationStructure)->EnumEntryKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_DWORD,
|
|
&ConfigFlags,
|
|
sizeof(ConfigFlags) );
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
goto CleanUp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If we are doing an installation of a SysPrep image, then we want to
|
|
// remember this device so that we can transfer it as a 'CriticalDevice'
|
|
// to the SysPrep hives in SpPatchSysPrepImage()
|
|
//
|
|
if (RemoteSysPrepSetup && (HardwareID != NULL)) {
|
|
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obj;
|
|
HANDLE TmpHandle;
|
|
HANDLE NodeHandle;
|
|
PWCHAR pwch;
|
|
|
|
BufferSize = 4*1024;
|
|
Buffer = SpMemAlloc( BufferSize );
|
|
|
|
if( Buffer == NULL ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpPnPNotificationCallBack() failed to allocate memory.\n"));
|
|
goto CleanSysPrepSetup;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obj,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
L"\\Registry\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control"
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwOpenKey(&TmpHandle, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, &Obj);
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
goto CleanSysPrepSetup;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obj, &UnicodeString, L"CriticalDeviceDatabase");
|
|
|
|
Obj.RootDirectory = TmpHandle;
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwCreateKey(&NodeHandle,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&Obj,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
ZwClose(TmpHandle);
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
goto CleanSysPrepSetup;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Now create subkey with the device name
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
for (pwch = HardwareID; *pwch != UNICODE_NULL; pwch++) {
|
|
if (*pwch == L'\\') {
|
|
*pwch = L'#';
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obj, &UnicodeString, HardwareID);
|
|
|
|
Obj.RootDirectory = NodeHandle;
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwCreateKey(&TmpHandle,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&Obj,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
ZwClose(NodeHandle);
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
goto CleanSysPrepSetup;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Fill in service value now
|
|
//
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString, REGSTR_VAL_SERVICE);
|
|
ZwSetValueKey(TmpHandle,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
ServiceName,
|
|
(wcslen( ServiceName ) + 1)*sizeof(WCHAR)
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (ClassGuid != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString, REGSTR_VAL_CLASSGUID);
|
|
ZwSetValueKey(TmpHandle,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
ClassGuid,
|
|
(wcslen( ClassGuid ) + 1)*sizeof(WCHAR)
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ZwClose(TmpHandle);
|
|
|
|
CleanSysPrepSetup:
|
|
|
|
if (Buffer != NULL) {
|
|
SpMemFree( Buffer );
|
|
BufferSize = 0;
|
|
Buffer = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Hack for serial
|
|
//
|
|
if( SerialPortDetected ) {
|
|
// DWORD PollingPeriod = 0x32;
|
|
WCHAR SerialUpperFilters[] = L"serenum\0";
|
|
|
|
#if 0 // remove polling, will be enabled after NT5.0
|
|
Status = IoOpenDeviceRegistryKey( ((PSETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION)NotificationStructure)->PhysicalDeviceObject,
|
|
PLUGPLAY_REGKEY_DEVICE,
|
|
MAXIMUM_ALLOWED,
|
|
&hKey );
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: IoOpenDeviceRegistryKey() failed. Status = %lx. \n", Status));
|
|
goto CleanUp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString, L"PollingPeriod");
|
|
Status = ZwSetValueKey( hKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_DWORD,
|
|
&PollingPeriod,
|
|
sizeof(PollingPeriod) );
|
|
ZwClose( hKey );
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: ZwSetValueKey() failed to create PollingPeriod. Status = %lx. \n", Status));
|
|
goto CleanUp;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString, REGSTR_VAL_UPPERFILTERS);
|
|
Status = ZwSetValueKey( ((PSETUP_DEVICE_ARRIVAL_NOTIFICATION)NotificationStructure)->EnumEntryKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
0,
|
|
REG_MULTI_SZ,
|
|
SerialUpperFilters,
|
|
sizeof(SerialUpperFilters) );
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: ZwSetValueKey() failed to create SerialUpperFilters. Status = %lx. \n", Status));
|
|
goto CleanUp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CleanUp:
|
|
|
|
if (HardwareID != NULL) {
|
|
SpMemFree(HardwareID);
|
|
}
|
|
return Status;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
PCOMMAND_INTERPRETER_ROUTINE _CmdRoutine;
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _IA64_
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpAssignDriveLetterToESP(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine assigns a drive letter to ESP to make it accessible
|
|
from the Recovery Console
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
{
|
|
PDISK_REGION SystemPartitionArea = NULL;
|
|
ULONG Index;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Select a system partition from among those defined in NV-RAM.
|
|
//
|
|
for(Index = 0; (Index < HardDiskCount) && (!SystemPartitionArea); Index++) {
|
|
SystemPartitionArea = SPPT_GET_PRIMARY_DISK_REGION(Index);
|
|
|
|
while (SystemPartitionArea) {
|
|
|
|
if (SPPT_IS_REGION_SYSTEMPARTITION(SystemPartitionArea)) {
|
|
break; // found the required region
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SystemPartitionArea = SystemPartitionArea->Next;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If a system partition exists
|
|
//
|
|
if (SystemPartitionArea) {
|
|
PWCHAR MyTempBuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Retrieve NT pathname for this region.
|
|
//
|
|
MyTempBuffer = (PWCHAR)SpMemAlloc(MAX_PATH);
|
|
|
|
if (MyTempBuffer) {
|
|
MyTempBuffer[0] = UNICODE_NULL;
|
|
|
|
SpNtNameFromRegion(SystemPartitionArea,
|
|
MyTempBuffer,
|
|
MAX_PATH,
|
|
PrimaryArcPath);
|
|
//
|
|
// Assign the drive letter to the ESP
|
|
//
|
|
SystemPartitionArea->DriveLetter = SpGetDriveLetter(MyTempBuffer, NULL);
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(MyTempBuffer);
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// No memory...
|
|
//
|
|
KdPrintEx(( DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: SpPtInitializeDiskAreas: SpMemAlloc failed!\n" ));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
CommandConsoleInterface(
|
|
PCOMMAND_INTERPRETER_ROUTINE CmdRoutine
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
_CmdRoutine = CmdRoutine;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
ULONG
|
|
SpStartCommandConsole(
|
|
PVOID SifHandle,
|
|
PWSTR SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
PWSTR DirectoryOnSetupSource
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
#define CMDCONS_NAME L"SPCMDCON.SYS"
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
static BOOLEAN Loaded = FALSE;
|
|
PWCHAR FullName;
|
|
PWCHAR ServiceKey;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING ServiceKeyU;
|
|
PWSTR pwstr;
|
|
ULONG rc;
|
|
BOOLEAN b;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES objectAttributes;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING unicodeString;
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK ioStatusBlock;
|
|
HANDLE hFile;
|
|
PWSTR Tagfile;
|
|
PWSTR Description;
|
|
PWSTR MediaShortName;
|
|
ULONG MediaType=INDEX_WHICHBOOTMEDIA;
|
|
ULONG LoadCount;
|
|
|
|
extern PVOID KeyboardTable;
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Let JPN/KOR user select keyboard type before running Command Console.
|
|
//
|
|
// SplangSelectKeyboard & SplangReinitializeKeyboard are from spddlang.sys.
|
|
//
|
|
// These two functions only affect JPN/KOR builds.
|
|
//
|
|
// They are stub functions on US build and do nothing.
|
|
//
|
|
// 0xFF in SplangSelectKeyboard is a tag, such that it knows this is
|
|
// called from Command Console.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if (ConsoleFromWinnt32) {
|
|
SplangSelectKeyboard(
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0xFF,
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
HardwareComponents
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SplangReinitializeKeyboard(
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
DirectoryOnBootDevice,
|
|
&KeyboardTable,
|
|
HardwareComponents
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pwstr = TemporaryBuffer;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Form the full name of the device driver file.
|
|
//
|
|
wcscpy(pwstr,NtBootDevicePath);
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths(pwstr,DirectoryOnBootDevice);
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths(pwstr,CMDCONS_NAME);
|
|
FullName = SpDupStringW(pwstr);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// check to see if the file exists on the source media
|
|
// if not then prompt for the correct media
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpStringToLower(pwstr);
|
|
if(wcsstr(pwstr,L"cdrom"))
|
|
MediaType = INDEX_WHICHMEDIA;
|
|
else if(wcsstr(pwstr,L"floppy"))
|
|
MediaType = INDEX_WHICHBOOTMEDIA;
|
|
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&objectAttributes,&unicodeString,FullName);
|
|
|
|
MediaShortName = SpLookUpValueForFile(SifHandle,CMDCONS_NAME,MediaType,TRUE);
|
|
SpGetSourceMediaInfo(SifHandle,MediaShortName,&Description,&Tagfile,NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
LoadCount = 0;
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
Status = ZwOpenFile(
|
|
&hFile,
|
|
FILE_GENERIC_READ,
|
|
&objectAttributes,
|
|
&ioStatusBlock,
|
|
0,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
ZwClose(hFile);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!SpPromptForDisk(
|
|
Description,
|
|
NtBootDevicePath,
|
|
CMDCONS_NAME,
|
|
TRUE, // Always prompt for at least once
|
|
TRUE, // Allow user to cancel
|
|
FALSE, // No multiple prompts
|
|
NULL // don't care about redraw flag
|
|
))
|
|
{
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// try once more after prompting for disk
|
|
//
|
|
LoadCount++;
|
|
}
|
|
} while (!NT_SUCCESS(Status) && (LoadCount < 2));
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_CMDCONS_NOT_FOUND,
|
|
0,
|
|
0,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
ATT_FG_INTENSE | ATT_FG_WHITE | ATT_BG_BLACK
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
while(SpInputGetKeypress() != KEY_F3);
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(FullName);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create a service entry for the driver.
|
|
//
|
|
ServiceKey = NULL;
|
|
Status = SpCreateServiceEntry(FullName,&ServiceKey);
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(FullName);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&ServiceKeyU,ServiceKey);
|
|
|
|
again:
|
|
if(!Loaded) {
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwLoadDriver(&ServiceKeyU);
|
|
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
Loaded = TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to load %s (%lx)\n",CMDCONS_NAME,Status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(Loaded) {
|
|
Block.VideoVars = &VideoVars;
|
|
Block.TemporaryBuffer = TemporaryBuffer;
|
|
Block.TemporaryBufferSize = sizeof(TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
Block.UsetupProcess = UsetupProcess;
|
|
Block.BootDevicePath = NtBootDevicePath;
|
|
Block.DirectoryOnBootDevice = DirectoryOnBootDevice;
|
|
Block.SifHandle = SifHandle;
|
|
Block.SetupSourceDevicePath = SetupSourceDevicePath;
|
|
Block.DirectoryOnSetupSource = DirectoryOnSetupSource;
|
|
|
|
if (HeadlessTerminalConnected) {
|
|
Block.VideoVars->ScreenHeight = HEADLESS_SCREEN_HEIGHT+1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// make the global variable point to the block
|
|
gpCmdConsBlock = &Block;
|
|
|
|
ConsoleRunning = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _IA64_
|
|
//
|
|
// Make the ESP visible so that it can be accessed from
|
|
// Recovery Console.
|
|
//
|
|
SpAssignDriveLetterToESP();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
rc = _CmdRoutine(&Block);
|
|
ConsoleRunning = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (rc == 1) {
|
|
Status = ZwUnloadDriver(&ServiceKeyU);
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
Loaded = FALSE;
|
|
goto again;
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to un-load %s (%lx)\n",CMDCONS_NAME,Status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
// why is this here? -matth 02/12/2001
|
|
//
|
|
// In the non-local case, this gets sent to a remote console,
|
|
// then stays there until the machine reboots and pasts post.
|
|
// This can take a really long time and confuses end users.
|
|
//
|
|
SpDisplayHeaderText(
|
|
SpGetHeaderTextId(),
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(ServiceKey);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpInitialize0(
|
|
IN PDRIVER_OBJECT DriverObject
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Initialize the setup device driver. This includes initializing
|
|
the memory allocator, saving away pieces of the os loader block,
|
|
and populating the registry with information about device drivers
|
|
that setupldr loaded for us.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
DriverObject - supplies pointer to driver object for setupdd.sys.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
Status is returned.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PLOADER_PARAMETER_BLOCK loaderBlock;
|
|
PSETUP_LOADER_BLOCK setupLoaderBlock;
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY nextEntry;
|
|
PBOOT_DRIVER_LIST_ENTRY bootDriver;
|
|
PWSTR ServiceName;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status = STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
PWSTR imagePath;
|
|
PWSTR registryPath;
|
|
|
|
UNICODE_STRING GuidString;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Fetch a pointer to the os loader block and setup loader block.
|
|
//
|
|
loaderBlock = *(PLOADER_PARAMETER_BLOCK *)KeLoaderBlock;
|
|
setupLoaderBlock = loaderBlock->SetupLoaderBlock;
|
|
|
|
if ( (setupLoaderBlock->Flags & SETUPBLK_FLAGS_CONSOLE) != 0 ) {
|
|
ForceConsole = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (setupLoaderBlock->Flags & SETUPBLK_FLAGS_ROLLBACK) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Rollback enabled through osloadoptions"));
|
|
Win9xRollback = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Phase 0 display initialization.
|
|
//
|
|
SpvidInitialize0(loaderBlock);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the ARC pathname from which we booted.
|
|
// This is guaranteed to be the ARC equivalent of \systemroot.
|
|
//
|
|
ArcBootDevicePath = SpToUnicode(loaderBlock->ArcBootDeviceName);
|
|
|
|
if ( (setupLoaderBlock->Flags & SETUPBLK_FLAGS_IS_REMOTE_BOOT) != 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
PUCHAR p;
|
|
PUCHAR q;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This is a remote boot setup. NtBootPathName is of the form
|
|
// \<server>\<share>\setup\<install-directory>\<platform>.
|
|
// System initialization (in ntos\fstub\drivesup.c, routine
|
|
// xHalIoAssignDriveLetters) has assigned the C: drive to point to
|
|
// \Device\LanmanRedirector\<server>\<share>\setup\<install-directory>.
|
|
// DirectoryOnBootDevice should contain the path that needs to be
|
|
// added to C: in order to access files from user mode. So to
|
|
// calculate it, we want to start at the backslash before <platform>.
|
|
//
|
|
// N.B. We know that the strrchr calls below will not return NULL,
|
|
// because xHalIoAssignDriveLetters would have bugchecked if
|
|
// the string in NtBootPathName was malformed.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
ASSERT( _stricmp( loaderBlock->ArcBootDeviceName, "net(0)" ) == 0 );
|
|
|
|
RemoteBootSetup = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if (setupLoaderBlock->Flags & SETUPBLK_FLAGS_SYSPREP_INSTALL) {
|
|
RemoteSysPrepSetup = TRUE;
|
|
RemoteIMirrorFilePath = SpDupString(setupLoaderBlock->NetBootIMirrorFilePath);
|
|
RemoteServerIpAddress = setupLoaderBlock->ServerIpAddress;
|
|
RtlCopyMemory(&RemoteSysPrepNetCardInfo, setupLoaderBlock->NetbootCardInfo, sizeof(NET_CARD_INFO));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
p = strrchr( loaderBlock->NtBootPathName, '\\' );
|
|
ASSERT( p != NULL );
|
|
if (!p)
|
|
return STATUS_OBJECT_PATH_INVALID;
|
|
if ( *(p+1) == 0 ) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// NtBootPathName ends with a backslash, so we need to back up
|
|
// to the previous backslash.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
q = p;
|
|
*q = 0;
|
|
p = strrchr( loaderBlock->NtBootPathName, '\\' ); // find last separator
|
|
ASSERT( p != NULL );
|
|
*q = '\\';
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!p)
|
|
return STATUS_OBJECT_PATH_INVALID; // shut up PREfix.
|
|
DirectoryOnBootDevice = SpToUnicode(p);
|
|
SpStringToUpper(DirectoryOnBootDevice);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save this -- it is the part of loaderBlock->NtBootPathName that
|
|
// is before the part we just copied to DirectoryOnBootDevice,
|
|
// of the form \<server>\<share>\setup\<install-directory>.
|
|
// NtBootDeviceName will be initially set up as \Device\LanmanRedirector
|
|
// and DirectoryOnBootDevice was just set to be be only \<platform>
|
|
// (so user-mode access works, see discussion above). We save the
|
|
// intervening path and append it to NtBootDeviceName, so that
|
|
// kernel-mode access that uses NtBootDeviceName + DirectoryOnBootDevice
|
|
// will go to the correct path.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
*p = 0;
|
|
RemoteIMirrorBootDirectoryPrefix = SpToUnicode(loaderBlock->NtBootPathName);
|
|
*p = '\\';
|
|
|
|
if (setupLoaderBlock->NetBootAdministratorPassword[0] != '\0') {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The Admin password that came through the setupldr block may not be terminated.
|
|
// Copy it into a temporary buffer, terminate it, and then SpToUnicode it.
|
|
//
|
|
UCHAR TmpNetBootAdministratorPassword[NETBOOT_ADMIN_PASSWORD_LEN+1] = {0};
|
|
|
|
RtlMoveMemory( TmpNetBootAdministratorPassword,
|
|
setupLoaderBlock->NetBootAdministratorPassword,
|
|
NETBOOT_ADMIN_PASSWORD_LEN );
|
|
TmpNetBootAdministratorPassword[NETBOOT_ADMIN_PASSWORD_LEN] = '\0';
|
|
NetBootAdministratorPassword =
|
|
SpToUnicode( TmpNetBootAdministratorPassword );
|
|
} else if (setupLoaderBlock->NetBootAdministratorPassword[NETBOOT_ADMIN_PASSWORD_LEN-1] == 0xFF) {
|
|
//
|
|
// this indicates that the administrator password was blank.
|
|
//
|
|
NetBootAdministratorPassword = SpToUnicode( "" );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
DirectoryOnBootDevice = SpToUnicode(loaderBlock->NtBootPathName);
|
|
SpStringToUpper(DirectoryOnBootDevice);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the image of the setup information file.
|
|
//
|
|
SetupldrInfoFileSize = setupLoaderBlock->IniFileLength;
|
|
SetupldrInfoFile = SpMemAlloc(SetupldrInfoFileSize);
|
|
RtlMoveMemory(SetupldrInfoFile,setupLoaderBlock->IniFile,SetupldrInfoFileSize);
|
|
|
|
SP_SET_UPGRADE_GRAPHICS_MODE(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the image of the winnt.sif file.
|
|
//
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFileSize = setupLoaderBlock->WinntSifFileLength;
|
|
|
|
if ( SetupldrWinntSifFileSize != 0 ) {
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
ULONG ErrorLine;
|
|
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFile = SpMemAlloc(SetupldrWinntSifFileSize);
|
|
RtlMoveMemory(SetupldrWinntSifFile,setupLoaderBlock->WinntSifFile,SetupldrWinntSifFileSize);
|
|
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(NULL,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFile,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFileSize,
|
|
&WinntSifHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
PWSTR NtUpgradeValue = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_DATA, WINNT_D_NTUPGRADE_W, 0);
|
|
|
|
if(NtUpgradeValue && !_wcsicmp(NtUpgradeValue, WINNT_A_YES_W)) {
|
|
SP_SET_UPGRADE_GRAPHICS_MODE(TRUE);
|
|
IsNTUpgrade = UpgradeFull;
|
|
} else {
|
|
PWSTR Win9xUpgradeValue = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_DATA, WINNT_D_WIN95UPGRADE_W, 0);
|
|
|
|
if (Win9xUpgradeValue && !_wcsicmp(Win9xUpgradeValue, WINNT_A_YES_W)) {
|
|
SP_SET_UPGRADE_GRAPHICS_MODE(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
WinntSifHandle = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFile = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _GRAPHICS_TESTING_
|
|
|
|
SP_SET_UPGRADE_GRAPHICS_MODE(TRUE);
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the image of the asrpnp.sif file.
|
|
//
|
|
SetupldrASRPnPSifFileSize = setupLoaderBlock->ASRPnPSifFileLength;
|
|
if (SetupldrASRPnPSifFileSize != 0) {
|
|
SetupldrASRPnPSifFile = SpMemAlloc(SetupldrASRPnPSifFileSize);
|
|
RtlMoveMemory(SetupldrASRPnPSifFile,setupLoaderBlock->ASRPnPSifFile,SetupldrASRPnPSifFileSize);
|
|
//
|
|
// If user provided asrpnp.sif, he wants ASR.
|
|
//
|
|
SpAsrSetAsrMode(ASRMODE_NORMAL);
|
|
RepairWinnt = FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
SetupldrASRPnPSifFile = NULL;
|
|
//
|
|
// user didn't provide asrpnp.sif, he doesn't want ASR.
|
|
//
|
|
SpAsrSetAsrMode(ASRMODE_NONE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the image of the migrate.inf file.
|
|
//
|
|
SetupldrMigrateInfFileSize = setupLoaderBlock->MigrateInfFileLength;
|
|
if ( SetupldrMigrateInfFileSize != 0 ) {
|
|
SetupldrMigrateInfFile = SpMemAlloc(SetupldrMigrateInfFileSize);
|
|
RtlMoveMemory(SetupldrMigrateInfFile,setupLoaderBlock->MigrateInfFile,SetupldrMigrateInfFileSize);
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: migrate.inf was loaded. Address = %lx, size = %d \n", SetupldrMigrateInfFile, SetupldrMigrateInfFileSize));
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Couldn't load migrate.inf \n"));
|
|
SetupldrMigrateInfFile = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// NEC98 need to decide drive assign method right away(before IoAssignDriveLetters())..
|
|
//
|
|
// NEC98 has 2 kind of drive mapping method.
|
|
// One is NEC98 legacy style assign that mapping hard drive begining from A:,
|
|
// other is same as PC/AT.
|
|
//
|
|
if (IsNEC_98) { //NEC98
|
|
//
|
|
// If no winnt.sif present, we don't need to check hive.
|
|
//
|
|
if ( SetupldrWinntSifFileSize != 0 ) {
|
|
SpCheckHiveDriveLetters();
|
|
}
|
|
} //NEC98
|
|
|
|
if ((SetupldrWinntSifFileSize != 0) || (SetupldrASRPnPSifFileSize != 0)) {
|
|
SpMigrateDeviceInstanceData();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the image of the unsupdrv.inf file.
|
|
//
|
|
SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFileSize = setupLoaderBlock->UnsupDriversInfFileLength;
|
|
if ( SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFileSize != 0 ) {
|
|
SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFile = SpMemAlloc(SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFileSize);
|
|
RtlMoveMemory(SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFile,setupLoaderBlock->UnsupDriversInfFile,SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFileSize);
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: driver.inf was loaded. Address = %lx, size = %d \n", SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFile, SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFileSize));
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Couldn't load unsupdrv.inf \n"));
|
|
SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFile = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make a copy of the scalar portions of the setup loader block.
|
|
//
|
|
SetupParameters = setupLoaderBlock->ScalarValues;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save away remote boot information.
|
|
//
|
|
if (RemoteBootSetup) {
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
memcpy(NetBootHalName, setupLoaderBlock->NetBootHalName, sizeof(NetBootHalName));
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
if (setupLoaderBlock->NetBootSifPath) {
|
|
NetBootSifPath = SpToUnicode(setupLoaderBlock->NetBootSifPath);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Find out if the machine is dockable
|
|
// Note that at this point we could remove dmio.sys, dmboot.sys and dmload.sys from our lists
|
|
// if we determine that the this is a dockable machine. In this way, dynamic volumes would be
|
|
// disable during textmode setup. This should be done in the future.
|
|
//
|
|
SpCheckForDockableMachine();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Remember migrated boot drivers
|
|
//
|
|
InitializeListHead (&MigratedDriversList);
|
|
SpRememberMigratedDrivers(&MigratedDriversList, setupLoaderBlock->ScsiDevices);
|
|
//
|
|
// Save away the hardware information passed to us by setupldr.
|
|
//
|
|
HardwareComponents[HwComponentDisplay] = SpSetupldrHwToHwDevice(&setupLoaderBlock->VideoDevice);
|
|
HardwareComponents[HwComponentKeyboard] = SpSetupldrHwToHwDevice(setupLoaderBlock->KeyboardDevices);
|
|
HardwareComponents[HwComponentComputer] = SpSetupldrHwToHwDevice(&setupLoaderBlock->ComputerDevice);
|
|
ScsiHardware = SpSetupldrHwToHwDevice(setupLoaderBlock->ScsiDevices);
|
|
BootBusExtenders = SpSetupldrHwToHwDevice(setupLoaderBlock->BootBusExtenders);
|
|
BusExtenders = SpSetupldrHwToHwDevice(setupLoaderBlock->BusExtenders);
|
|
InputDevicesSupport = SpSetupldrHwToHwDevice(setupLoaderBlock->InputDevicesSupport);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// For each driver loaded by setupldr, we need to go create a service list entry
|
|
// for that driver in the registry.
|
|
//
|
|
for( nextEntry = loaderBlock->BootDriverListHead.Flink;
|
|
nextEntry != &loaderBlock->BootDriverListHead;
|
|
nextEntry = nextEntry->Flink)
|
|
{
|
|
bootDriver = CONTAINING_RECORD(nextEntry,BOOT_DRIVER_LIST_ENTRY,Link);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the image path.
|
|
//
|
|
imagePath = SpMemAlloc(bootDriver->FilePath.Length + sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
|
|
wcsncpy(
|
|
imagePath,
|
|
bootDriver->FilePath.Buffer,
|
|
bootDriver->FilePath.Length / sizeof(WCHAR)
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
imagePath[bootDriver->FilePath.Length / sizeof(WCHAR)] = 0;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If provided, get the registry path, otherwise it will
|
|
// be created by SpCreateServiceEntry.
|
|
//
|
|
if (bootDriver->RegistryPath.Length > 0) {
|
|
registryPath = SpMemAlloc(bootDriver->RegistryPath.Length + sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
|
|
wcsncpy(
|
|
registryPath,
|
|
bootDriver->RegistryPath.Buffer,
|
|
bootDriver->RegistryPath.Length / sizeof(WCHAR)
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
registryPath[bootDriver->RegistryPath.Length / sizeof(WCHAR)] = 0;
|
|
|
|
ServiceName = registryPath;
|
|
} else {
|
|
registryPath = NULL;
|
|
ServiceName = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Status = SpCreateServiceEntry(imagePath,&ServiceName);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this operation fails, nothing to do about it here. If we did
|
|
// not provide the registry path, then save the returned one.
|
|
//
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
if (bootDriver->RegistryPath.Length == 0) {
|
|
bootDriver->RegistryPath.MaximumLength =
|
|
bootDriver->RegistryPath.Length = wcslen(ServiceName)*sizeof(WCHAR);
|
|
bootDriver->RegistryPath.Buffer = ServiceName;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: warning: unable to create service entry for %ws (%lx)\n",imagePath,Status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(imagePath);
|
|
if (registryPath) {
|
|
SpMemFree(registryPath);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the virtual floppy (RAM driver) parameter entries
|
|
//
|
|
// NOTE: We ignore the error here since we can't do much here
|
|
// other than bug check the machine. The error
|
|
// will be handled properly while copying the files
|
|
// from the non existent OEM source devices
|
|
//
|
|
SpInitVirtualOemDevices(setupLoaderBlock, &VirtualOemSourceDevices);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the thirdy party OEM SCSI driver entries
|
|
//
|
|
SpCreateDriverRegistryEntries(ScsiHardware);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FULL_DOUBLE_SPACE_SUPPORT
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obja;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
HANDLE hKey;
|
|
ULONG val = 1;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make sure we are automounting DoubleSpace
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
INIT_OBJA(
|
|
&Obja,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
L"\\registry\\machine\\system\\currentcontrolset\\control\\doublespace"
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwCreateKey(
|
|
&hKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&Obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
NULL
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString,L"AutomountRemovable");
|
|
Status = ZwSetValueKey(hKey,&UnicodeString,0,REG_DWORD,&val,sizeof(ULONG));
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: init0: unable to create DoubleSpace automount value (%lx)\n",Status));
|
|
}
|
|
ZwClose(hKey);
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: init0: unable to create DoubleSpace key (%lx)\n",Status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Save arc disk info
|
|
//
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
|
|
PARC_DISK_INFORMATION ArcInformation;
|
|
PARC_DISK_SIGNATURE DiskInfo;
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY ListEntry;
|
|
PDISK_SIGNATURE_INFORMATION myInfo,prev;
|
|
|
|
ArcInformation = loaderBlock->ArcDiskInformation;
|
|
ListEntry = ArcInformation->DiskSignatures.Flink;
|
|
|
|
prev = NULL;
|
|
|
|
while(ListEntry != &ArcInformation->DiskSignatures) {
|
|
|
|
DiskInfo = CONTAINING_RECORD(ListEntry,ARC_DISK_SIGNATURE,ListEntry);
|
|
|
|
myInfo = SpMemAlloc(sizeof(DISK_SIGNATURE_INFORMATION));
|
|
|
|
myInfo->Signature = DiskInfo->Signature;
|
|
myInfo->ArcPath = SpToUnicode(DiskInfo->ArcName);
|
|
myInfo->CheckSum = DiskInfo->CheckSum;
|
|
myInfo->ValidPartitionTable = DiskInfo->ValidPartitionTable;
|
|
myInfo->xInt13 = DiskInfo->xInt13;
|
|
myInfo->IsGPTDisk = DiskInfo->IsGpt;
|
|
myInfo->Next = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if(prev) {
|
|
prev->Next = myInfo;
|
|
} else {
|
|
DiskSignatureInformation = myInfo;
|
|
}
|
|
prev = myInfo;
|
|
|
|
ListEntry = ListEntry->Flink;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the registry keys listed in migrate.inf.
|
|
//
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
if ( SetupldrMigrateInfFile != NULL ) {
|
|
ULONG ErrorLine;
|
|
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
SetupldrMigrateInfFile,
|
|
SetupldrMigrateInfFileSize,
|
|
&WinntMigrateInfHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpLoadSetupTextFile( migrate.inf ) succeeded.\n"));
|
|
Status = SpProcessMigrateInfFile( WinntMigrateInfHandle );
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_WARNING_LEVEL, "SETUP: Failed to process migrate.inf. Status = %lx\n",Status));
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef _X86_
|
|
//
|
|
// Delete drive letter information from registry that
|
|
// translated from migrate.inf.
|
|
//
|
|
if( IsNEC_98 ) {
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
SpDeleteDriveLetterFromNTFTNec98();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif //NEC98
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_WARNING_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpLoadSetupTextFile( migrate.inf ) failed. Status = %lx\n",Status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ( (NT_SUCCESS(Status)) && (SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFile != NULL) ) {
|
|
ULONG ErrorLine;
|
|
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFile,
|
|
SetupldrUnsupDrvInfFileSize,
|
|
&WinntUnsupDrvInfHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpLoadSetupTextFile( driver.inf ) succeeded.\n"));
|
|
|
|
Status = SpProcessUnsupDrvInfFile( WinntUnsupDrvInfHandle );
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Failed to process driver.inf. Status = %lx\n",Status));
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpLoadSetupTextFile( driver.inf ) failed. Status = %lx\n",Status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetupHardwareIdDatabase = SpSetupldrPnpDatabaseToSetupPnpDatabase( setupLoaderBlock->HardwareIdDatabase );
|
|
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize keyboard Guid string
|
|
//
|
|
Status = RtlStringFromGUID( &GUID_DEVCLASS_KEYBOARD, &GuidString );
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
KeyboardGuidString = SpDupStringW( GuidString.Buffer );
|
|
if( KeyboardGuidString == NULL ) {
|
|
Status = STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: cannot create a GUID string for keyboard device. Status = %lx \n", Status ));
|
|
}
|
|
RtlFreeUnicodeString( &GuidString );
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: cannot create a GUID string for keyboard device. Status = %lx \n", Status ));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize mouse Guid strings
|
|
//
|
|
Status = RtlStringFromGUID( &GUID_DEVCLASS_MOUSE, &GuidString );
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
MouseGuidString = SpDupStringW( GuidString.Buffer );
|
|
if( MouseGuidString == NULL ) {
|
|
Status = STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: cannot create a GUID string for mouse device. Status = %lx \n", Status ));
|
|
}
|
|
RtlFreeUnicodeString( &GuidString );
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: cannot create a GUID string for mouse device. Status = %lx \n", Status ));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Register for Plug & Play notification
|
|
//
|
|
Status = IoRegisterPlugPlayNotification ( EventCategoryReserved,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
DriverObject,
|
|
SpPnPNotificationCallBack,
|
|
SetupHardwareIdDatabase,
|
|
&NotificationEntry );
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: init0: unable to register for PnP notification (%lx)\n",Status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Register for reinitialization.
|
|
//
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
IoRegisterDriverReinitialization(DriverObject,SpInitialize0a,loaderBlock);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return(Status);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpInitialize0a(
|
|
IN PDRIVER_OBJECT DriverObject,
|
|
IN PVOID Context,
|
|
IN ULONG ReferenceCount
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
PLOADER_PARAMETER_BLOCK LoaderBlock;
|
|
PLIST_ENTRY nextEntry;
|
|
PBOOT_DRIVER_LIST_ENTRY bootDriver;
|
|
PKLDR_DATA_TABLE_ENTRY driverEntry;
|
|
PHARDWARE_COMPONENT pHw,pHwPrev,pHwTemp;
|
|
BOOLEAN ReallyLoaded;
|
|
PUNICODE_STRING name;
|
|
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
PHARDWARE_COMPONENT* HwArray[] = {
|
|
&ScsiHardware,
|
|
&BootBusExtenders,
|
|
&BusExtenders,
|
|
&InputDevicesSupport,
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(DriverObject);
|
|
UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ReferenceCount);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Context points to the os loader block.
|
|
//
|
|
LoaderBlock = Context;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Find out if the machine is dockable.
|
|
// We do this once more because some machines may not have provided this info in the first
|
|
// time we attempted to retrieve this information.
|
|
//
|
|
SpCheckForDockableMachine();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Iterate all scsi hardware and bus enumerators we think we detected
|
|
// and make sure the driver really initialized.
|
|
//
|
|
for( i = 0; i < sizeof(HwArray)/sizeof(PHARDWARE_COMPONENT*); i++ ) {
|
|
pHwPrev = NULL;
|
|
for(pHw=*(HwArray[i]); pHw; ) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Assume not really loaded.
|
|
//
|
|
ReallyLoaded = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Scan the boot driver list for this driver's entry.
|
|
//
|
|
nextEntry = LoaderBlock->BootDriverListHead.Flink;
|
|
while(nextEntry != &LoaderBlock->BootDriverListHead) {
|
|
|
|
bootDriver = CONTAINING_RECORD( nextEntry,
|
|
BOOT_DRIVER_LIST_ENTRY,
|
|
Link );
|
|
|
|
driverEntry = bootDriver->LdrEntry;
|
|
name = &driverEntry->BaseDllName;
|
|
|
|
if(!_wcsnicmp(name->Buffer,pHw->BaseDllName,name->Length/sizeof(WCHAR))) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This is the driver entry we need.
|
|
//
|
|
if(!(driverEntry->Flags & LDRP_FAILED_BUILTIN_LOAD)
|
|
) {
|
|
ReallyLoaded = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nextEntry = nextEntry->Flink;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If the driver didn't initialize properly,
|
|
// then it's not really loaded.
|
|
//
|
|
if(ReallyLoaded) {
|
|
if( !pHw->MigratedDriver ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// not a migrated driver, continue on
|
|
// processing with the next node
|
|
//
|
|
pHwPrev = pHw;
|
|
pHw = pHw->Next;
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// Migrated driver, remove & free the
|
|
// node from the linked list
|
|
//
|
|
pHwTemp = pHw->Next;
|
|
|
|
if(pHwPrev) {
|
|
pHwPrev->Next = pHwTemp;
|
|
} else {
|
|
*(HwArray[i]) = pHwTemp;
|
|
}
|
|
SpFreeHwComponent(&pHw,FALSE);
|
|
pHw = pHwTemp;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// Remove and free the node or link it to unsupported driver
|
|
// list if its a migrated driver
|
|
//
|
|
pHwTemp = pHw->Next;
|
|
|
|
if(pHwPrev) {
|
|
pHwPrev->Next = pHwTemp;
|
|
} else {
|
|
*(HwArray[i]) = pHwTemp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( ( HwArray[i] == &ScsiHardware ) && ( pHw->MigratedDriver ) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is an unsupported migrated driver that failed to initialize, then
|
|
// remember it so that we can disable it later on. This can happen if the
|
|
// system contains a driver that controls the unsupported device, but winnt32
|
|
// winnt32 couldn't figure it out.
|
|
//
|
|
pHw->Next = UnsupportedScsiHardwareToDisable;
|
|
UnsupportedScsiHardwareToDisable = pHw;
|
|
} else {
|
|
SpFreeHwComponent(&pHw,FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pHw = pHwTemp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Find the pcmcia and atapi drivers and make sure these drivers really
|
|
// initialized
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Assume not really loaded.
|
|
//
|
|
PcmciaLoaded = FALSE;
|
|
AtapiLoaded = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Scan the boot driver list for this driver's entry.
|
|
//
|
|
nextEntry = LoaderBlock->BootDriverListHead.Flink;
|
|
while(nextEntry != &LoaderBlock->BootDriverListHead) {
|
|
|
|
bootDriver = CONTAINING_RECORD( nextEntry,
|
|
BOOT_DRIVER_LIST_ENTRY,
|
|
Link );
|
|
|
|
driverEntry = bootDriver->LdrEntry;
|
|
name = &driverEntry->BaseDllName;
|
|
|
|
if(!_wcsnicmp(name->Buffer,L"pcmcia.sys",name->Length/sizeof(WCHAR))) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This is the driver entry we need.
|
|
//
|
|
if(!(driverEntry->Flags & LDRP_FAILED_BUILTIN_LOAD)) {
|
|
PcmciaLoaded = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if(!_wcsnicmp(name->Buffer,L"atapi.sys",name->Length/sizeof(WCHAR))) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// This is the driver entry we need.
|
|
//
|
|
if(!(driverEntry->Flags & LDRP_FAILED_BUILTIN_LOAD)) {
|
|
AtapiLoaded = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nextEntry = nextEntry->Flink;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpInitialize1(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
ASSERT(!GeneralInitialized);
|
|
|
|
if(GeneralInitialized) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpFormatMessage(TemporaryBuffer,sizeof(TemporaryBuffer),SP_MNEMONICS);
|
|
|
|
MnemonicValues = SpMemAlloc((wcslen(TemporaryBuffer)+1)*sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
|
|
wcscpy(MnemonicValues,TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
|
|
GeneralInitialized = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpTerminate(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
ASSERT(GeneralInitialized);
|
|
|
|
if(GeneralInitialized) {
|
|
if(MnemonicValues) {
|
|
SpMemFree(MnemonicValues);
|
|
MnemonicValues = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
GeneralInitialized = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpInvalidSystemPartition(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Display a screen telling the user that we think his system
|
|
partition is invalid.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG EvaluationInstallKeys[] = { KEY_F3, ASCI_CR };
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_SYSTEMPARTITION_INVALID, 3, 4 );
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_ENTER_EQUALS_CONTINUE,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Wait for keypress. Valid keys:
|
|
//
|
|
// ENTER = continue
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
|
|
switch(SpWaitValidKey(EvaluationInstallKeys,NULL,NULL)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants to continue.
|
|
//
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants to exit.
|
|
//
|
|
case KEY_F3:
|
|
SpConfirmExit();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpNotifyEvaluationInstall(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Display a screen telling the user we're about to install a demo
|
|
version.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG EvaluationInstallKeys[] = { KEY_F3, ASCI_CR };
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_EVALUATION_NOTIFY, 3, 4 );
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_ENTER_EQUALS_CONTINUE,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Wait for keypress. Valid keys:
|
|
//
|
|
// ENTER = continue
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
|
|
switch(SpWaitValidKey(EvaluationInstallKeys,NULL,NULL)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants to continue.
|
|
//
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants to exit.
|
|
//
|
|
case KEY_F3:
|
|
SpConfirmExit();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpWelcomeScreen(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Display a screen welcoming the user and allow him to choose among
|
|
some options (help, exit, aux. menu, continue, repair).
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG WelcomeKeys[] = { KEY_F3, ASCI_CR, ASCI_ESC, KEY_F10, 0 };
|
|
ULONG MnemonicKeys[] = { MnemonicRepair, 0 };
|
|
BOOLEAN Welcoming;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Welcome the user.
|
|
//
|
|
for(Welcoming = TRUE; Welcoming; ) {
|
|
|
|
if (SpIsERDisabled()) {
|
|
SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_WELCOME_1, 3, 4);
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_ENTER_EQUALS_CONTINUE,
|
|
SP_STAT_R_EQUALS_REPAIR,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
} else {
|
|
SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_WELCOME,3,4);
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_ENTER_EQUALS_CONTINUE,
|
|
SP_STAT_R_EQUALS_REPAIR,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Wait for keypress. Valid keys:
|
|
//
|
|
// F1 = help
|
|
// F3 = exit
|
|
// ENTER = continue
|
|
// R = Repair Winnt
|
|
// ESC = auxillary menu.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
|
|
switch(SpWaitValidKey(WelcomeKeys,NULL,MnemonicKeys)) {
|
|
|
|
case ASCI_ESC:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants auxillary menu.
|
|
//
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants to continue.
|
|
//
|
|
RepairWinnt = FALSE;
|
|
Welcoming = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
case KEY_F3:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants to exit.
|
|
//
|
|
SpConfirmExit();
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case KEY_F10:
|
|
Welcoming = FALSE;
|
|
ForceConsole = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be repair mnemonic
|
|
//
|
|
SpAsrSetAsrMode(ASRMODE_NORMAL);
|
|
RepairWinnt = TRUE;
|
|
Welcoming = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpDisplayEula (
|
|
IN HANDLE MasterSifHandle,
|
|
IN PWSTR SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
IN PWSTR DirectoryOnSourceDevice
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Display the End User Licensing Agreement.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
MasterSifHandle - Handle to txtsetup.sif.
|
|
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath - Path to the device that contains the source media.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryOnSourceDevice - Directory on the media where EULA is located.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None. Does not return if user does not accept licensing agreement or if
|
|
the licensing agreement cannot be opened.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR MediaShortName;
|
|
PWSTR MediaDirectory;
|
|
PWSTR EulaPath;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
PVOID BaseAddress;
|
|
ULONG FileSize;
|
|
HANDLE hFile, hSection;
|
|
ULONG ValidKeys[2] = { KEY_F3,0 };
|
|
PWSTR Eula;
|
|
ULONG EulaSize;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
|
|
if (PreInstall) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Winnt32 displays the EULA now so we might be able to skip it
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_EULADONE_W,0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Figure out the path to eula.txt
|
|
//
|
|
MediaShortName = SpLookUpValueForFile(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
L"eula.txt",
|
|
INDEX_WHICHMEDIA,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
SpPromptForSetupMedia(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
MediaShortName,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (UnattendedOperation && CustomSetup) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
SpGetSourceMediaInfo(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,MediaShortName,NULL,NULL,&MediaDirectory);
|
|
|
|
wcscpy( TemporaryBuffer, SetupSourceDevicePath );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, DirectoryOnSourceDevice );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, MediaDirectory );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, L"eula.txt" );
|
|
EulaPath = SpDupStringW( TemporaryBuffer );
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Open and map the file for read access.
|
|
//
|
|
hFile = 0; // use EulaPath instead
|
|
Status = SpOpenAndMapFile(
|
|
EulaPath,
|
|
&hFile,
|
|
&hSection,
|
|
&BaseAddress,
|
|
&FileSize,
|
|
FALSE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Display a message indicating that there was a fatal error while trying
|
|
// to open the EULA file.
|
|
//
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_FATAL_ERROR_EULA_NOT_FOUND,
|
|
3,
|
|
HEADER_HEIGHT+3,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0);
|
|
SpWaitValidKey(ValidKeys,NULL,NULL);
|
|
SpDone(0,FALSE,TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Convert the text to Unicode.
|
|
//
|
|
Eula = SpMemAlloc ((FileSize+1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
ASSERT (Eula);
|
|
|
|
Status = RtlMultiByteToUnicodeN (
|
|
Eula,
|
|
FileSize * sizeof(WCHAR),
|
|
&EulaSize,
|
|
BaseAddress,
|
|
FileSize
|
|
);
|
|
ASSERT (NT_SUCCESS(Status));
|
|
Eula[EulaSize / sizeof(WCHAR)] = (WCHAR)'\0';
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Show text to user.
|
|
//
|
|
SpHelp(
|
|
0,
|
|
Eula,
|
|
SPHELP_LICENSETEXT
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Clean up
|
|
//
|
|
if (UnattendedOperation && !CustomSetup) {
|
|
PWSTR szOne = L"1";
|
|
//
|
|
// Remember that we displayed it here.
|
|
//
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle, SIF_DATA, WINNT_D_EULADONE_W, &szOne, 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree (EulaPath);
|
|
SpMemFree (Eula);
|
|
SpUnmapFile(hSection,BaseAddress);
|
|
ZwClose(hFile);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpCustomExpressScreen(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Allow the user to choose between custom and express setup.
|
|
|
|
The global variable CustomSetup is set according to the user's choice.
|
|
|
|
NOTE : This feature is only available for headless installs
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
ULONG ValidKeys[] = { ASCI_CR, KEY_F3, 0 };
|
|
ULONG MnemonicKeys[] = { MnemonicCustom, 0 };
|
|
BOOLEAN Choosing;
|
|
ULONG c;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// See whether this parameter is specified for unattended operation.
|
|
//
|
|
if(UnattendedOperation) {
|
|
|
|
PWSTR p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(UnattendedSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_UNATTENDED,WINNT_U_METHOD_W,0);
|
|
PWSTR q = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(UnattendedSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_UNATTENDED,WINNT_U_OVERWRITEOEM_W,0);
|
|
|
|
if( q && !_wcsicmp( q, L"no" ) ) {
|
|
UnattendedOverwriteOem = FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
UnattendedOverwriteOem = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Default is custom. If user specified something
|
|
// else then use express.
|
|
//
|
|
if(p && _wcsicmp(p,L"custom")) {
|
|
CustomSetup = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Don't do this if they ran from winnt/winnt32
|
|
// or headless terminal was not connected
|
|
//
|
|
if( WinntSetup || !HeadlessTerminalConnected) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
for(Choosing = TRUE; Choosing; ) {
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_CUSTOM_EXPRESS,3,4);
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_ENTER_EQUALS_EXPRESS,
|
|
SP_STAT_C_EQUALS_CUSTOM,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Wait for keypress. Valid keys:
|
|
//
|
|
// ENTER = express setup
|
|
// <MnemonicCustom> = custom setup
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
|
|
switch(c=SpWaitValidKey(ValidKeys,NULL,MnemonicKeys)) {
|
|
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// User wants express setup.
|
|
//
|
|
CustomSetup = FALSE;
|
|
Choosing = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
case (MnemonicCustom | KEY_MNEMONIC):
|
|
CustomSetup = TRUE;
|
|
Choosing = FALSE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case KEY_F3:
|
|
SpDone(0, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
PVOID
|
|
SpLoadSetupInformationFile(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
ULONG ErrLine;
|
|
PVOID SifHandle;
|
|
|
|
CLEAR_CLIENT_SCREEN();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The image of txtsetup.sif has been passed to us
|
|
// by setupldr.
|
|
//
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
SetupldrInfoFile,
|
|
SetupldrInfoFileSize,
|
|
&SifHandle,
|
|
&ErrLine,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
FALSE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We're done with the image.
|
|
//
|
|
SpMemFree(SetupldrInfoFile);
|
|
SetupldrInfoFile = NULL;
|
|
SetupldrInfoFileSize = 0;
|
|
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
return(SifHandle);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The file was already parsed once by setupldr.
|
|
// If we can't do it here, there's a serious problem.
|
|
// Assume it was a syntax error, because we didn't
|
|
// have to load it from disk.
|
|
//
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_SIF_PROCESS_ERROR,
|
|
3,
|
|
HEADER_HEIGHT+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
ErrLine
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Since we haven't yet loaded the keyboard layout, we can't prompt the
|
|
// user to press F3 to exit
|
|
//
|
|
SpDisplayStatusText(SP_STAT_KBD_HARD_REBOOT, DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE);
|
|
SpInputGetKeypress();
|
|
|
|
while(TRUE); // Loop forever
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpIsWinntOrUnattended(
|
|
IN PVOID SifHandle
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR szZero = L"0";
|
|
PWSTR szOne = L"1";
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
ULONG ErrorLine;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
WCHAR DiskDevicePath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
PWSTR Architecture;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Attempt to load winnt.sif. If the user is in the middle of
|
|
// a winnt setup, this file will be present.
|
|
//
|
|
if ( SetupldrWinntSifFile != NULL ) {
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFile,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFileSize,
|
|
&WinntSifHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
FALSE
|
|
);
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// There's no winnt.sif handle, so this is probably an el-torito
|
|
// boot. If that's true, *and* the user chose to do an express
|
|
// setup, then use the on-CD unattend file.
|
|
//
|
|
if( !CustomSetup ) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The only way we should ever get here is if we went to
|
|
// the custom/express screen and the user chose express, which
|
|
// means this is the second time through this function (we had
|
|
// to call this fuction again to re-initialize our variables
|
|
// using the on-CD unattend file.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Use this for testing purposes. Check for floppy0\unattend.txt
|
|
// before getting the file off the CDROM.
|
|
//
|
|
wcscpy( DiskDevicePath, L"\\device\\floppy0\\unattend.txt" );
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile( DiskDevicePath,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0,
|
|
&WinntSifHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
FALSE );
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
Status = STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_NOT_FOUND;
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
Architecture = SpGetSectionKeyIndex( SifHandle,
|
|
SIF_SETUPDATA,
|
|
L"Architecture",
|
|
0 );
|
|
|
|
if( Architecture == NULL ) {
|
|
#if defined(_AMD64_)
|
|
Architecture = L"amd64";
|
|
#elif defined(_X86_)
|
|
Architecture = L"x86";
|
|
#elif defined(_IA64_)
|
|
Architecture = L"ia64";
|
|
#else
|
|
#error "No Target Architcture"
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while( (i < IoGetConfigurationInformation()->CdRomCount) && (!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) ) {
|
|
|
|
swprintf( DiskDevicePath, L"\\device\\cdrom%u", i);
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( DiskDevicePath, Architecture );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( DiskDevicePath, L"\\unattend.txt" );
|
|
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile( DiskDevicePath,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0,
|
|
&WinntSifHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
FALSE );
|
|
i++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Add a bunch of defaults which *should* of been there, but
|
|
// were not
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_MSDOS_W,&szZero,1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_FLOPPY_W,&szZero,1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_SETUPPARAMS,
|
|
WINNT_S_SKIPMISSING_W,&szOne,1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_AUTO_PART_W,&szOne,1);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Tell the autopartition picker to do his job.
|
|
//
|
|
AutoPartitionPicker = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// fail.
|
|
//
|
|
Status = STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_NOT_FOUND;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for winnt setup and the case where the user left the
|
|
// files on the CD-ROM.
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_MSDOS_W,0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
|
|
WinntSetup = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_LOCALSRC_CD_W,0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
WinntFromCd = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for the case where the user ran "winnt32 -cmdcons"
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_CMDCONS_W,0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
|
|
ConsoleFromWinnt32 = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for floppyless boot.
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_FLOPPY_W,0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
|
|
IsFloppylessBoot = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for fake CD.
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (WinntSifHandle, SIF_DATA, WINNT_D_NOLS_W, 0);
|
|
if (p && SpStringToLong (p, NULL, 10)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// get the original source path first
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (WinntSifHandle, SIF_DATA, WINNT_D_ORI_SRCPATH_W, 0);
|
|
if (p) {
|
|
if (p[0] && p[1] == L':') {
|
|
p += 2;
|
|
}
|
|
wcscpy (TemporaryBuffer, p);
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths (TemporaryBuffer, (!IsNEC_98) ? L"i386" : L"nec98");
|
|
LocalSourceDirectory = SpDupStringW (TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
NoLs = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for ASR test mode. This is intended as a way to automate
|
|
// ASR testing.
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,L"AsrMode",0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
|
|
switch (SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
case 1:
|
|
SpAsrSetAsrMode(ASRMODE_NORMAL);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 2:
|
|
SpAsrSetAsrMode(ASRMODE_QUICKTEST_TEXT);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 3:
|
|
SpAsrSetAsrMode(ASRMODE_QUICKTEST_FULL);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
SpAsrSetAsrMode(ASRMODE_NORMAL);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RepairWinnt = FALSE; // ASR not ER
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for auto Partition picker
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_AUTO_PART_W,0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
AutoPartitionPicker = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for a preferred install directory
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_INSTALLDIR_W,0);
|
|
if (p) {
|
|
PreferredInstallDir = SpDupStringW( p );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for ignore missing files.
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_SETUPPARAMS,WINNT_S_SKIPMISSING_W,0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
SkipMissingFiles = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for hide windir
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,L"HideWinDir",0);
|
|
if(p && SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10)) {
|
|
HideWinDir = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for accessibility options
|
|
//
|
|
AccessibleSetup = SpNonZeroValuesInSection(WinntSifHandle, SIF_ACCESSIBILITY, 0);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Now check for an unattended setup.
|
|
//
|
|
if(SpSearchTextFileSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_UNATTENDED)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Run in unattended mode. Leave the sif open
|
|
// and save away its handle for later use.
|
|
//
|
|
UnattendedSifHandle = WinntSifHandle;
|
|
UnattendedOperation = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
} else if(SpSearchTextFileSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_GUI_UNATTENDED)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Leave UnattendedOperation to FALSE (because it mainly uses to
|
|
// control text mode setup.) Store the handle of winnt.sif for later
|
|
// reference.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
UnattendedGuiOperation = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(UnattendedOperation) {
|
|
PWSTR TempStr = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is an unattended operation, find out if this is
|
|
// also an OEM pre-install
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(UnattendedSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_UNATTENDED,
|
|
WINNT_U_OEMPREINSTALL_W,
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
if( p && !_wcsicmp( p, L"yes" ) ) {
|
|
PreInstall = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Find out if no wait has been specified or not.
|
|
// Default is always false, in unattended case
|
|
//
|
|
UnattendWaitForReboot = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
TempStr = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(UnattendedSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_UNATTENDED,
|
|
WINNT_U_WAITFORREBOOT_W,
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TempStr && !_wcsicmp(TempStr, L"yes")) {
|
|
UnattendWaitForReboot = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// See if we're upgrading.
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(UnattendedSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_NTUPGRADE_W,
|
|
0);
|
|
if( p && !_wcsicmp( p, L"yes" ) ) {
|
|
|
|
NTUpgrade = UpgradeFull;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Case where there isn't an WINNT.SIF file to be found
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create a handle to the new file
|
|
//
|
|
WinntSifHandle = SpNewSetupTextFile();
|
|
//
|
|
// Add a bunch of defaults which *should* of been there, but
|
|
// was not
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_MSDOS_W,&szZero,1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_FLOPPY_W,&szZero,1);
|
|
SpAddLineToSection(WinntSifHandle,SIF_SETUPPARAMS,
|
|
WINNT_S_SKIPMISSING_W,&szZero,1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpCheckSufficientMemory(
|
|
IN PVOID SifHandle
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Determine whether sufficient memory exists in the system
|
|
for installation to proceed. The required amount is specified
|
|
in the sif file.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
SifHandle - supplies handle to open setup information file.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
ULONGLONG RequiredBytes,AvailableBytes, RequiredMBytes, AvailableMBytes;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_REQUIREDMEMORY,0);
|
|
|
|
if(!p) {
|
|
SpFatalSifError(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_REQUIREDMEMORY,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RequiredBytes = (ULONGLONG)(ULONG)SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10);
|
|
|
|
AvailableBytes = UInt32x32To64(SystemBasicInfo.NumberOfPhysicalPages,SystemBasicInfo.PageSize);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Now round to Mbytes for cleanliness... Include a 4MB slack-factor.
|
|
//
|
|
RequiredMBytes = ((RequiredBytes + ((4*1024*1024)-1)) >> 22) << 2;
|
|
AvailableMBytes = ((AvailableBytes + ((4*1024*1024)-1)) >> 22) << 2;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Allow UMA machines which may reserve 8MB for video memory.
|
|
//
|
|
if(AvailableMBytes < (RequiredMBytes-8)) {
|
|
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_INSUFFICIENT_MEMORY,
|
|
3,
|
|
HEADER_HEIGHT+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
RequiredMBytes,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,0);
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
while(SpInputGetKeypress() != KEY_F3) ;
|
|
|
|
SpDone(0,FALSE,TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
PWSTR SetupSourceDevicePath = NULL;
|
|
PWSTR DirectoryOnSetupSource = NULL;
|
|
PVOID SifHandle;
|
|
|
|
|
|
ULONG
|
|
SpStartSetup(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
PDISK_REGION TargetRegion,SystemPartitionRegion=NULL;
|
|
PDISK_REGION BootRegion; //NEC98
|
|
PWSTR TargetPath=NULL,SystemPartitionDirectory=NULL,OriginalSystemPartitionDirectory=NULL;
|
|
PWSTR DefaultTarget;
|
|
PWSTR OldOsLoadOptions;
|
|
PWSTR FullTargetPath;
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
PWSTR RemoteBootTarget;
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
BOOLEAN CdInstall = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN b, DeleteTarget=FALSE;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
PVOID NtfsConvert;
|
|
PWSTR ThirdPartySourceDevicePath;
|
|
HANDLE ThreadHandle = NULL;
|
|
#if defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
PCWSTR disableCompression;
|
|
PCWSTR enableBackup;
|
|
TCOMP compressionType;
|
|
#endif // defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// First things first, initialize the upgrade graphics global
|
|
// variables and hook up the upgrade progress indicator
|
|
// for graphics mode, if needed.
|
|
//
|
|
if (SP_IS_UPGRADE_GRAPHICS_MODE()) {
|
|
UpgradeGraphicsInit();
|
|
RegisterSetupProgressCallback(GraphicsModeProgressUpdate, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SendSetupProgressEvent(InitializationEvent, InitializationStartEvent, NULL);
|
|
|
|
SpInitialize1();
|
|
SpvidInitialize(); // initialize video first, so we can give err msg if keyboard error
|
|
SpInputInitialize();
|
|
|
|
if(!SpPatchBootMessages()) {
|
|
SpBugCheck(SETUP_BUGCHECK_BOOTMSGS,0,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize ARC<==>NT name translations.
|
|
//
|
|
SpInitializeArcNames(VirtualOemSourceDevices);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Set up the boot device path, which we have stashed away
|
|
// from the os loader block.
|
|
//
|
|
NtBootDevicePath = SpArcToNt(ArcBootDevicePath);
|
|
if(!NtBootDevicePath) {
|
|
SpBugCheck(SETUP_BUGCHECK_BOOTPATH,0,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize dynamic update boot driver root directory path
|
|
//
|
|
DynUpdtBootDriverPath = SpGetDynamicUpdateBootDriverPath(NtBootDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnBootDevice,
|
|
WinntSifHandle);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// For remote install, append RemoteIMirrorBootDirectoryPrefix to
|
|
// NtBootDevicePath so that it matches what C: is linked to.
|
|
// That way DirectoryOnBootDevice will be valid both from kernel
|
|
// and user mode.
|
|
//
|
|
if (RemoteBootSetup) {
|
|
ULONG NewBootDevicePathLen =
|
|
(wcslen(NtBootDevicePath) + wcslen(RemoteIMirrorBootDirectoryPrefix) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR);
|
|
PWSTR NewBootDevicePath = SpMemAlloc(NewBootDevicePathLen);
|
|
wcscpy(NewBootDevicePath, NtBootDevicePath);
|
|
wcscat(NewBootDevicePath, RemoteIMirrorBootDirectoryPrefix);
|
|
SpMemFree(NtBootDevicePath);
|
|
NtBootDevicePath = NewBootDevicePath;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Read SKU data, such as whether we are a product suite or
|
|
// this is an evaluation unit. Fills in SuiteType and
|
|
// EvaluationTime globals.
|
|
//
|
|
SpReadSKUStuff();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Reinitialize video -- noop in western builds but switches into DBCS mode,
|
|
// etc, in Far Eastern builds.
|
|
//
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(SplangInitializeFontSupport(NtBootDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnBootDevice,
|
|
BootFontImage,
|
|
BootFontImageLength))) {
|
|
SpvidInitialize(); // reinitialize video in alternate mode for Far East
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Process the txtsetup.sif file, which the boot loader
|
|
// will have loaded for us.
|
|
//
|
|
SifHandle = SpLoadSetupInformationFile();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Determine whether this is advanced server.
|
|
//
|
|
SpDetermineProductType(SifHandle);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Start the upgrade graphics
|
|
//
|
|
if (SP_IS_UPGRADE_GRAPHICS_MODE()) {
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(UpgradeGraphicsStart())) {
|
|
SP_SET_UPGRADE_GRAPHICS_MODE(FALSE);
|
|
CLEAR_ENTIRE_SCREEN();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
SpInputLoadLayoutDll(SifHandle,DirectoryOnBootDevice);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PRERELEASE
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize test hooks to allow testers to inject bug checks at random
|
|
// points in text mode (internal use only)
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PCWSTR data;
|
|
|
|
if (WinntSifHandle) {
|
|
data = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (
|
|
WinntSifHandle,
|
|
L"TestHooks",
|
|
L"BugCheckPoint",
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (data) {
|
|
while (*data >= L'0' && *data <= L'9') {
|
|
g_TestHook = g_TestHook * 10 + (*data - L'0');
|
|
data++;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for bad BIOS. Does not return if a bad BIOS is found.
|
|
//
|
|
SpCheckForBadBios();
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check for sufficient memory. Does not return if not enough.
|
|
//
|
|
SpCheckSufficientMemory(SifHandle);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Determine whether this is a winnt/winnt32 setup and/or unattended setup.
|
|
// If unattended, the global variable UnattendedSifHandle will be filled in.
|
|
// If winnt/winnt32, the global variable WinntSetup will be set to TRUE.
|
|
//
|
|
SpIsWinntOrUnattended(SifHandle);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(_X86_)
|
|
//
|
|
// Check if SIF has Rollback flag
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if (SpGetSectionKeyIndex (
|
|
WinntSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_DATA,
|
|
WINNT_D_WIN9X_ROLLBACK_W,
|
|
0
|
|
)) {
|
|
Win9xRollback = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PRERELEASE
|
|
if (Win9xRollback) {
|
|
g_TestHook -= 1000; // uninstall test hooks start at 1001
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif // defined(_X86_)
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(1);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is a remote boot setup, get the path to the target.
|
|
//
|
|
// If TargetNtPartition is not specified in winnt.sif, then this is a
|
|
// remote boot for a remote install, not a remote boot setup.
|
|
//
|
|
if (RemoteBootSetup) {
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
RemoteBootTarget = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,L"TargetNtPartition",0);
|
|
if (RemoteBootTarget == NULL) {
|
|
RemoteInstallSetup = (BOOLEAN)(!RemoteSysPrepSetup);
|
|
} else {
|
|
RemoteBootTargetRegion = SpPtAllocateDiskRegionStructure(0xffffffff,0,0,TRUE,NULL,0);
|
|
ASSERT(RemoteBootTargetRegion);
|
|
wcscpy(RemoteBootTargetRegion->TypeName,RemoteBootTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
RemoteInstallSetup = (BOOLEAN)(!RemoteSysPrepSetup);
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Display the correct header text based on the product.
|
|
//
|
|
if (!ForceConsole && !Win9xRollback) {
|
|
SpDisplayHeaderText(
|
|
SpGetHeaderTextId(),
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Check to see if we need to notify the user that we're installing a
|
|
// demo version. We assume that if the user is doing an unattended
|
|
// install, they know what they're doing.
|
|
//
|
|
if ((!ForceConsole) && (!Win9xRollback) && (!UnattendedOperation) &&
|
|
(EvaluationTime != 0) && (!SpDrEnabled())
|
|
) {
|
|
SpNotifyEvaluationInstall();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((!ForceConsole) && (!Win9xRollback) && (!SpDrEnabled())) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Welcome the user and determine if this is for repairing.
|
|
//
|
|
if(!UnattendedOperation) {
|
|
SpWelcomeScreen();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// The user may have chosen to do a repair during
|
|
// the welcome screen, so we need to skip the check for
|
|
// custom/express in this case.
|
|
//
|
|
if ((!ForceConsole) && (!Win9xRollback) && (!SpDrEnabled()) && (!RepairWinnt)) {
|
|
|
|
SpCustomExpressScreen();
|
|
|
|
if( !CustomSetup ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// The user wants to do an express setup.
|
|
// reread the unattend file off the CD and use that.
|
|
//
|
|
// NULL-out the SetupldrWinntSifFile so we force the
|
|
// re-read of the unattend file off the CDROM or floppy.
|
|
//
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFile = NULL;
|
|
SpIsWinntOrUnattended(SifHandle);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( (HeadlessTerminalConnected) &&
|
|
(UnattendedOperation) &&
|
|
(NTUpgrade != UpgradeFull) &&
|
|
(!ForceConsole) ) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We're unattended and we're headless. We really want to try and
|
|
// not let gui-mode setup do *ANY* user-interaction. So let's set
|
|
// the unattend mode to fullunattended.
|
|
//
|
|
PWSTR Value[1];
|
|
WCHAR Answer[128];
|
|
|
|
Value[0] = Answer;
|
|
|
|
wcscpy( Answer, WINNT_A_FULLUNATTENDED_W );
|
|
SpAddLineToSection( WinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_UNATTENDED_W,
|
|
WINNT_U_UNATTENDMODE_W,
|
|
Value,
|
|
1 );
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Is there already an Administrator Password in the unattend file?
|
|
//
|
|
Value[0] = SpGetSectionKeyIndex( WinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W,
|
|
WINNT_US_ADMINPASS_W,
|
|
0 );
|
|
|
|
if( (NetBootAdministratorPassword == NULL) &&
|
|
((Value[0] == NULL) || !(_wcsicmp(Value[0], L"*"))) ) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We will also need to have the user provide an administrator password
|
|
// because blank admin passwords are no longer acceptable on servers. This
|
|
// can be especially deadly on headless machines because it means the admin
|
|
// can never login to change the admin password from being blank. For that
|
|
// reason, let's go get a password right now.
|
|
//
|
|
// Before we do that though, we need to accomodate OEMs that actually
|
|
// *want* to ship their servers with a blank admin password. They do
|
|
// this because they want to allow the end-user to set the password
|
|
// themselves. To detect that, we need to look for a secondary
|
|
// unattend key that says it's okay to allow a blank password.
|
|
//
|
|
Value[0] = SpGetSectionKeyIndex( WinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W,
|
|
L"EMSBlankPassWord",
|
|
0 );
|
|
if( (Value[0] == NULL) ||
|
|
!(_wcsicmp(Value[0], L"0")) ||
|
|
!(_wcsicmp(Value[0], L"no")) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// It's either not there, it's '0', or it's 'no'. Any
|
|
// of these mean that we do need an admin password on this
|
|
// headless server. Go get it now.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if( SpGetAdministratorPassword( Answer, ARRAYSIZE(Answer)) ) {
|
|
|
|
// Write the password into the unattend file.
|
|
Value[0] = Answer;
|
|
SpAddLineToSection( WinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_GUIUNATTENDED_W,
|
|
WINNT_US_ADMINPASS_W,
|
|
Value,
|
|
1 );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ForceConsole) {
|
|
CLEAR_ENTIRE_SCREEN();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Detect/load scsi miniports.
|
|
// WARNING WARNING WARNING
|
|
//
|
|
// Do NOT change the order of the actions carried out below without
|
|
// understanding EXACTLY what you are doing.
|
|
// There are many interdependencies...
|
|
//
|
|
SpConfirmScsiMiniports(SifHandle, NtBootDevicePath, DirectoryOnBootDevice);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Load disk class drivers if necessary.
|
|
// Do this before loading scsi class drivers, because atdisks
|
|
// and the like 'come before' scsi disks in the load order.
|
|
//
|
|
SpLoadDiskDrivers(SifHandle,NtBootDevicePath,DirectoryOnBootDevice);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Load scsi class drivers if necessary.
|
|
//
|
|
SpLoadScsiClassDrivers(SifHandle,NtBootDevicePath,DirectoryOnBootDevice);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Reinitialize ARC<==>NT name translations.
|
|
// Do this after loading disk and scsi class drivers because doing so
|
|
// may bring additional devices on-line.
|
|
//
|
|
SpFreeArcNames();
|
|
SpInitializeArcNames(VirtualOemSourceDevices);
|
|
|
|
SendSetupProgressEvent(InitializationEvent, InitializationEndEvent, NULL);
|
|
SendSetupProgressEvent(PartitioningEvent, PartitioningStartEvent, NULL);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize hard disk information.
|
|
// Do this after loading disk drivers so we can talk to all attached disks.
|
|
//
|
|
SpDetermineHardDisks(SifHandle);
|
|
|
|
SendSetupProgressEvent(PartitioningEvent, ScanDisksEvent, &HardDiskCount);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Figure out where we are installing from (cd-rom or floppy).
|
|
// (tedm, 12/8/93) there is a minor problem here.
|
|
// This only works because we currently only support scsi cd-rom drives,
|
|
// and we have loaded the scsi class drivers above.
|
|
// SpDetermineInstallationSource won't allow cd-rom installation
|
|
// it there are no cd-rom drives on-line -- but we haven't loaded
|
|
// non-scsi cd-rom drivers yet. What we really should do is
|
|
// allow cd-rom as a choice on all machines, and if the user selects
|
|
// it, not verify the presence of a drive until after we have called
|
|
// SpLoadCdRomDrivers().
|
|
//
|
|
// If winnt setup, defer this for now, because we will let the partitioning
|
|
// engine search for the local source directory when it initializes.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(2);
|
|
|
|
if (Win9xRollback) {
|
|
CdInstall = FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
CdInstall = ((WinntSetup && !WinntFromCd && !RemoteBootSetup && !RemoteSysPrepSetup) ||
|
|
ConsoleFromWinnt32)
|
|
? FALSE
|
|
: SpDetermineInstallationSource(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
&SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
&DirectoryOnSetupSource,
|
|
FALSE // restart if CD-ROM is not present
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Load cd-rom drivers if necessary.
|
|
// Note that if we booted from CD (like on an ARC machine) then drivers
|
|
// will already have been loaded by setupldr. This call here catches the
|
|
// case where we booted from floppy or hard disk and the user chose
|
|
// 'install from cd' during SpDetermineInstallationSource.
|
|
//
|
|
// If we're in step-up mode then we load cd drivers, because the user
|
|
// might need to insert a CD to prove that he qualifies for the step-up.
|
|
//
|
|
if (StepUpMode || CdInstall) {
|
|
SpLoadCdRomDrivers(SifHandle,NtBootDevicePath,DirectoryOnBootDevice);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Reinitialize ARC<==>NT name translations.
|
|
//
|
|
SpFreeArcNames();
|
|
SpInitializeArcNames(VirtualOemSourceDevices);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// At this point, any and all drivers that are to be loaded
|
|
// are loaded -- we are done with the boot media and can switch over
|
|
// to the setup media
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize the partitioning engine.
|
|
//
|
|
SpPtInitialize();
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(3);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize the boot variables (for ARC)
|
|
//
|
|
if (SpIsArc()) {
|
|
SpInitBootVars();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is a winnt setup, the partition engine initialization
|
|
// will have attempted to locate the local source partition for us.
|
|
//
|
|
// WARNING: Do not use the SetupSourceDevicePath or DirectoryOnSetupSource
|
|
// variables in the winnt case until AFTER this bit of code has executed
|
|
// as they are not set until we get here!
|
|
//
|
|
if(!ForceConsole && !Win9xRollback && WinntSetup && !WinntFromCd && !RemoteBootSetup && !RemoteSysPrepSetup) {
|
|
SpGetWinntParams(&SetupSourceDevicePath,&DirectoryOnSetupSource);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!SpIsArc()) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize the boot variables (amd64/x86)
|
|
//
|
|
SpInitBootVars();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// invoke the command console
|
|
//
|
|
if (ForceConsole) {
|
|
SpStartCommandConsole(SifHandle,SetupSourceDevicePath,DirectoryOnSetupSource);
|
|
SpShutdownSystem();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// invoke rollback
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
#if defined(_X86_)
|
|
if (Win9xRollback) {
|
|
|
|
PCWSTR testPath;
|
|
BOOLEAN defaultToBootDir = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(1001); // this is bugcheck point 2001 in the answer file
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Prepare the globals that tell the rest of the code which drives to use
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
WinUpgradeType = SpLocateWin95 (&TargetRegion, &TargetPath, &SystemPartitionRegion);
|
|
|
|
if(!SpIsArc()) {
|
|
//
|
|
// system partition directory is the root of C:.
|
|
//
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory = L"";
|
|
} else {
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory = SpDetermineSystemPartitionDirectory(
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
OriginalSystemPartitionDirectory
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpStringToUpper(TargetPath);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Force the ~LS directory to be the ~BT directory if needed. We need
|
|
// this for autochk (which is normally in ~ls during setup).
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if (LocalSourceRegion) {
|
|
SpGetWinntParams (&SetupSourceDevicePath, &DirectoryOnSetupSource);
|
|
|
|
if (SetupSourceDevicePath && DirectoryOnSetupSource) {
|
|
wcscpy (TemporaryBuffer, SetupSourceDevicePath);
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths (TemporaryBuffer, DirectoryOnSetupSource);
|
|
|
|
testPath = SpDupStringW (TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
|
|
if (SpFileExists (testPath, TRUE)) {
|
|
defaultToBootDir = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree ((PVOID) testPath);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (defaultToBootDir) {
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath = SpDupStringW (NtBootDevicePath);
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource = SpDupStringW (L"\\$win_nt$.~bt");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Execute autochk
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
AutochkRunning = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
SpRunAutochkOnNtAndSystemPartitions (
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource,
|
|
TargetPath
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
AutochkRunning = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(1002); // this is bugcheck point 2002 in the answer file
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We finished; now it is safe to restore the machine
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpExecuteWin9xRollback (WinntSifHandle, NtBootDevicePath);
|
|
goto CleanAndFinish;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(_X86_)
|
|
|
|
if(!SpDrEnabled()) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Display End User Licensing Agreement. Also, in unattended case,
|
|
// make sure the media is available.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayEula (
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Read the product id and setup info from setupp.ini. If we are doing ASR (specifically
|
|
// ER), we will wait, and only require the CD if we need it.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if (!SpDrEnabled()) {
|
|
SpInitializePidString( SifHandle,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Find out if there is any NT to upgrade and if the user wants us to
|
|
// upgrade it.
|
|
//
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
// If this is a remote boot setup, the target partition is
|
|
// specified in winnt.sif.
|
|
//
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
TargetRegion = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if(SpDrEnabled()) {
|
|
NTUpgrade = DontUpgrade;
|
|
} else if (RemoteSysPrepSetup) {
|
|
NTUpgrade = DontUpgrade;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NTUpgrade = SpFindNtToUpgrade(SifHandle,
|
|
&TargetRegion,
|
|
&TargetPath,
|
|
&SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
&OriginalSystemPartitionDirectory);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( PreInstall ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// In pre-install mode, get the information about the components
|
|
// to pre-install
|
|
//
|
|
wcscpy( TemporaryBuffer, DirectoryOnSetupSource );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, WINNT_OEM_TEXTMODE_DIR_W );
|
|
PreinstallOemSourcePath = SpDupStringW( ( PWSTR )TemporaryBuffer );
|
|
SpInitializePreinstallList(SifHandle,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath ,
|
|
PreinstallOemSourcePath);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Detect/confirm hardware.
|
|
//
|
|
SpConfirmHardware(SifHandle);
|
|
//
|
|
// Reinitialize the keyboard layout dll. This is a no-op for western builds
|
|
// but in Far East builds this can cause a new keyboard layout dll to be loaded.
|
|
//
|
|
if(NTUpgrade != UpgradeFull) {
|
|
extern PVOID KeyboardTable;
|
|
|
|
SplangReinitializeKeyboard(
|
|
UnattendedOperation,
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
DirectoryOnBootDevice,
|
|
&KeyboardTable,
|
|
HardwareComponents
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(4);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Try to locate previous versions of windows, IFF we are not repairing
|
|
//
|
|
#if defined(_X86_)
|
|
if (!RepairWinnt && !SpDrEnabled()) {
|
|
if(!RemoteBootSetup && !RemoteSysPrepSetup && (NTUpgrade == DontUpgrade)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Take a gander on the hard drives, looking for win95 or win3.1.
|
|
//
|
|
WinUpgradeType = SpLocateWin95(&TargetRegion,&TargetPath,&SystemPartitionRegion);
|
|
if(WinUpgradeType == NoWinUpgrade) {
|
|
if(SpLocateWin31(SifHandle,&TargetRegion,&TargetPath,&SystemPartitionRegion)) {
|
|
WinUpgradeType = UpgradeWin31;
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that on x86, it can happen that the machine already has NT installed
|
|
// on top of Win31, and the user is not upgrading NT but he is upgrading win31.
|
|
//
|
|
// This is kind of a strange case but we take the extra step here to
|
|
// ensure that the config directory is cleaned out so the fresh install
|
|
// will really be fresh.
|
|
//
|
|
if(SpIsNtInDirectory(TargetRegion,TargetPath)) {
|
|
NTUpgrade = UpgradeInstallFresh;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We come here only if we are in the Win9x/Win31 case
|
|
// WE want to make sure that we have a TargetRegion at this point
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
|
|
if( !TargetRegion ){
|
|
|
|
//Tell the user that we could not find Win9x to upgrade
|
|
//This is potentially possible when Win9x was installed on 1394 or USB or some such drive that is
|
|
//not supported currently for the install drive.
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: We could not find the installation to upgrade (Win9x) - could be on USB or Firewire drive\n" ));
|
|
|
|
SpCantFindBuildToUpgrade();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// Just check to see if the target region also contains WIN31, Note
|
|
// that the MIN KB to check for is 0, since we already have done
|
|
// the space check.
|
|
// Note also that if the directory contains Win95, then the Win95
|
|
// migration was already done when NT was installed, and we don't
|
|
// care about it now.
|
|
//
|
|
if(!RemoteBootSetup && !RemoteSysPrepSetup && SpIsWin31Dir(TargetRegion,TargetPath,0)) {
|
|
if(SpConfirmRemoveWin31()) {
|
|
WinUpgradeType = UpgradeWin31;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
WinUpgradeType = NoWinUpgrade;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IsNEC_98) { //NEC98
|
|
|
|
if (WinUpgradeType==UpgradeWin31) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Remap drive letter, as hard drive start from A:
|
|
//
|
|
DriveAssignFromA = TRUE;
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Re-map drive letters as NEC assign.\n" ));
|
|
SpPtRemapDriveLetters(FALSE); // Re-map as "NEC" assign.
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// ReInitialize structure;
|
|
//
|
|
SpPtAssignDriveLetters();
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} //NEC98
|
|
#endif // defined(_X86_)
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Special case upgrades where we want to convert to NTFS
|
|
//
|
|
if( ANY_TYPE_OF_UPGRADE && (( UnattendedSifHandle && (NtfsConvert = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(UnattendedSifHandle,SIF_UNATTENDED,L"Filesystem",0)) ) ||
|
|
( WinntSifHandle && (NtfsConvert = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,L"Filesystem",0))) ) ) {
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Should we convert to NTFS ?\n" ));
|
|
|
|
if(!_wcsicmp(NtfsConvert,L"ConvertNtfs")){
|
|
ConvertNtVolumeToNtfs = TRUE;
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Yes we should convert to NTFS\n" ));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Do partitioning and ask the user for the target path.
|
|
//
|
|
if(!ANY_TYPE_OF_UPGRADE) {
|
|
|
|
if(SpDrEnabled()) {
|
|
BOOLEAN RepairedNt = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
TargetRegion = NULL;
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion = NULL;
|
|
|
|
SpDrPtPrepareDisks(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
&TargetRegion,
|
|
&SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource,
|
|
&RepairedNt
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// invoke the command console
|
|
//
|
|
if (ForceConsole) {
|
|
CLEAR_ENTIRE_SCREEN();
|
|
SpStartCommandConsole(SifHandle,SetupSourceDevicePath,DirectoryOnSetupSource);
|
|
SpShutdownSystem();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (RepairedNt) {
|
|
//
|
|
// retrieve information about the install we repaired
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(Gbl_HandleToSetupLog != NULL);
|
|
|
|
SppGetRepairPathInformation(
|
|
Gbl_HandleToSetupLog,
|
|
&Gbl_SystemPartitionName,
|
|
&Gbl_SystemPartitionDirectory,
|
|
&Gbl_BootPartitionName,
|
|
&Gbl_BootPartitionDirectory );
|
|
|
|
TargetPath = Gbl_BootPartitionDirectory;
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory = Gbl_SystemPartitionDirectory;
|
|
|
|
ASSERT((TargetPath != NULL) && (SystemPartitionDirectory != NULL));
|
|
|
|
RepairWinnt = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
goto UpdateBootList;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (RemoteSysPrepSetup) {
|
|
|
|
PWSTR UseWholeDisk = NULL;
|
|
BOOLEAN UseWholeDiskFlag = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Find IMirror.Dat file on server. doesn't return on failure.
|
|
//
|
|
SpReadIMirrorFile(&RemoteIMirrorFileData, RemoteIMirrorFilePath);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Determine what the local disk layout should be based
|
|
// on IMirror.Dat and possible user input. doesn't return on
|
|
// failure. Read the .sif to see if it specifies that disks
|
|
// should be partitioned as they originally were, or use the
|
|
// entire size of the new disk.
|
|
//
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
UseWholeDisk = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_REMOTEBOOT,SIF_USEWHOLEDISK,0);
|
|
#else
|
|
UseWholeDisk = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_REMOTEINSTALL,SIF_USEWHOLEDISK,0);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if ((UseWholeDisk != NULL) &&
|
|
((UseWholeDisk[0] == 'N') || (UseWholeDisk[0] == 'n')))
|
|
{
|
|
UseWholeDiskFlag = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpDetermineDiskLayout(RemoteIMirrorFileData, &RemoteIMirrorMemoryData);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Make the local disks look ok. doesn't return on failure.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpFixupLocalDisks(SifHandle,
|
|
&TargetRegion,
|
|
&SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource,
|
|
RemoteIMirrorMemoryData,
|
|
UseWholeDiskFlag);
|
|
} else {
|
|
PWSTR RemoteBootRepartition = NULL;
|
|
BOOLEAN PrepareForRemoteBoot = RemoteBootSetup;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We tell SpPtPrepareDisks to repartition in a remote boot
|
|
// case, unless there is an entry in the [RemoteBoot] section
|
|
// saying "Repartition = No".
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if (RemoteBootSetup) {
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
RemoteBootRepartition = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_REMOTEBOOT,SIF_REPARTITION,0);
|
|
#else
|
|
RemoteBootRepartition = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_REMOTEINSTALL,SIF_REPARTITION,0);
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
if ((RemoteBootRepartition != NULL) &&
|
|
((RemoteBootRepartition[0] != 'Y') && (RemoteBootRepartition[0] != 'y')))
|
|
{
|
|
PrepareForRemoteBoot = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
BOOLEAN IsCdBoot = (!WinntSetup && !WinntFromCd);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Honor Repartition flag only in the case of CD boot
|
|
//
|
|
if (UnattendedSifHandle && IsCdBoot) {
|
|
|
|
RemoteBootRepartition = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(UnattendedSifHandle,
|
|
SIF_UNATTENDED,
|
|
SIF_REPARTITION,
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
if ((RemoteBootRepartition != NULL) &&
|
|
((RemoteBootRepartition[0] == 'Y') || (RemoteBootRepartition[0] == 'y')))
|
|
{
|
|
PrepareForRemoteBoot = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// HACK
|
|
// Some OEMs are shipping machines with a hidden, active partition
|
|
// that gets marked unactive after the machine is booted once. The
|
|
// problem is that sometimes these machines are turned on with a win2k
|
|
// bootable CD in them and we do all sorts of nasty stuff to their
|
|
// hidden partition because its marked active and we think it's a
|
|
// boot partition (which it is).
|
|
//
|
|
// If we detect this case, then we need to throw an error message
|
|
// and go to the partitioning screen.
|
|
//
|
|
while( 1 ) {
|
|
SpPtPrepareDisks(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
&TargetRegion,
|
|
&SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource,
|
|
PrepareForRemoteBoot
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
if( SpIsArc() )
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Only check this on a BIOS X86 machine
|
|
//
|
|
if( SpPtIsSystemPartitionRecognizable() ) {
|
|
#else
|
|
if( 1 ) {
|
|
#endif // defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
break;
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// Either exit or go back to the partitioning menu.
|
|
//
|
|
SpInvalidSystemPartition();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is a remote boot, erase any existing CSC cache, if we
|
|
// did not repartition.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if (RemoteBootSetup && !RemoteInstallSetup && !PrepareForRemoteBoot &&
|
|
!RemoteSysPrepSetup && (HardDiskCount != 0)) {
|
|
SpEraseCscCache(SystemPartitionRegion);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Partitioning may have changed the partition ordinal of the local source
|
|
//
|
|
if(WinntSetup && !WinntFromCd) {
|
|
SpMemFree(SetupSourceDevicePath);
|
|
SpGetWinntParams(&SetupSourceDevicePath,&DirectoryOnSetupSource);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DefaultTarget = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
SIF_SETUPDATA,
|
|
SIF_DEFAULTPATH,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(!DefaultTarget) {
|
|
|
|
SpFatalSifError(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
SIF_SETUPDATA,
|
|
SIF_DEFAULTPATH,
|
|
0,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Select the target path.
|
|
//
|
|
if (TargetRegion != NULL)
|
|
DeleteTarget = SpGetTargetPath(SifHandle,TargetRegion,DefaultTarget,&TargetPath);
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(5);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Form the SystemPartitionDirectory
|
|
//
|
|
if(!SpIsArc())
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// system partition directory is the root of C:.
|
|
//
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory = L"";
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory = SpDetermineSystemPartitionDirectory(
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
OriginalSystemPartitionDirectory
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpStringToUpper(TargetPath);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// do any file system conversion
|
|
//
|
|
if(!RemoteSysPrepSetup && !SpDrEnabled()) {
|
|
SpUpgradeToNT50FileSystems(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Run autochk on Nt and system partitions
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// if it boot from hard disk, need to check the current partition.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if(IsNEC_98) {
|
|
BootRegion = SystemPartitionRegion;
|
|
|
|
if(!_wcsnicmp(NtBootDevicePath,DISK_DEVICE_NAME_BASE,wcslen(DISK_DEVICE_NAME_BASE))) {
|
|
SpEnumerateDiskRegions( (PSPENUMERATEDISKREGIONS)SpDetermineBootPartitionEnumNec98,
|
|
(ULONG_PTR)&BootRegion );
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!SpAsrIsQuickTest()) {
|
|
|
|
AutochkRunning = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
SpRunAutochkOnNtAndSystemPartitions( SifHandle,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
(!IsNEC_98 ? SystemPartitionRegion : BootRegion),
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource,
|
|
TargetPath
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
AutochkRunning = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( DeleteTarget )
|
|
SpDeleteExistingTargetDir( TargetRegion, TargetPath, TRUE, SP_SCRN_CLEARING_OLD_WINNT );
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _X86_
|
|
if (WinUpgradeType == UpgradeWin95) {
|
|
enableBackup = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (
|
|
WinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_D_WIN9XUPG_USEROPTIONS_W,
|
|
WINNT_D_ENABLE_BACKUP_W,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (enableBackup && _wcsicmp(enableBackup, WINNT_A_YES_W) == 0) {
|
|
disableCompression = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (
|
|
WinntSifHandle,
|
|
WINNT_D_WIN9XUPG_USEROPTIONS_W,
|
|
WINNT_D_DISABLE_BACKUP_COMPRESSION_W,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (disableCompression && _wcsicmp(disableCompression, WINNT_A_YES_W) == 0) {
|
|
compressionType = tcompTYPE_NONE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
compressionType = tcompTYPE_MSZIP;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
g_Win9xBackup = SpBackUpWin9xFiles (WinntSifHandle, compressionType);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // X86
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If we are installing into an existing tree we need to delete some
|
|
// files and backup some files
|
|
//
|
|
if(NTUpgrade != DontUpgrade) {
|
|
SpDeleteAndBackupFiles(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TargetPath
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(6);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _X86_
|
|
//
|
|
// If we are migrating Win95, delete some files, and move other files
|
|
//
|
|
switch(WinUpgradeType) {
|
|
case UpgradeWin95:
|
|
SpDeleteWin9xFiles(WinntSifHandle);
|
|
SpMoveWin9xFiles(WinntSifHandle);
|
|
break;
|
|
case UpgradeWin31:
|
|
SpRemoveWin31(TargetRegion,TargetPath);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is a remote boot, tell the redirector that the local disk is
|
|
// ready to be used for "local" items like the cache and pagefile.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if (RemoteBootSetup && !RemoteInstallSetup && !RemoteSysPrepSetup && (HardDiskCount != 0)) {
|
|
IoStartCscForTextmodeSetup( (BOOLEAN)(NTUpgrade != DontUpgrade) );
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(7);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Create the paging file.
|
|
//
|
|
// The copy files and registry operations use memory mapped IO.
|
|
// This can result in huge numbers of dirty pages and can cause
|
|
// the filesystems to throttle if the percentage of memory that
|
|
// is dirty becomes high. The only way out of this is for the
|
|
// dirty page writer thread to run and it cannot do so unless
|
|
// there is a paging file.
|
|
//
|
|
SpNtNameFromRegion(
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
sizeof(TemporaryBuffer),
|
|
PartitionOrdinalCurrent
|
|
);
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths(TemporaryBuffer,L"PAGEFILE.SYS");
|
|
FullTargetPath = SpDupStringW(TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
|
|
// Status = SpCreatePageFile(FullTargetPath,1*(1024*1024*1024),(1792*1024*1024));
|
|
Status = SpCreatePageFile(FullTargetPath,40*(1024*1024),50*(1024*1024));
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Warning: unable to create pagefile %ws (%lx)",FullTargetPath,Status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(FullTargetPath);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// On a remote boot machine, copy over the sources to the disk,
|
|
// then change the setup path to point to them.
|
|
//
|
|
if (RemoteInstallSetup) {
|
|
|
|
PWSTR TargetPartitionName;
|
|
PWSTR CopySource;
|
|
PWSTR LocalSourcePath;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize the diamond decompression engine.
|
|
//
|
|
SpdInitialize();
|
|
|
|
wcscpy( TemporaryBuffer, SetupSourceDevicePath );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, DirectoryOnSetupSource );
|
|
CopySource = SpDupStringW( TemporaryBuffer );
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Copy all the source files to the disk.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpNtNameFromRegion(
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
sizeof(TemporaryBuffer),
|
|
PartitionOrdinalCurrent
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
TargetPartitionName = SpDupStringW(TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Delete the directory if it is there.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths(TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
LocalSourceDirectory);
|
|
LocalSourcePath = SpDupStringW(TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
|
|
if (SpFileExists(LocalSourcePath, TRUE)) {
|
|
|
|
ENUMFILESRESULT Result;
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Deleting existing %ws directory\n", LocalSourcePath));
|
|
|
|
SpStartScreen(SP_SCRN_WAIT_REMOVING_TEMP_FILES,0,6,TRUE,FALSE,DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE);
|
|
|
|
Result = SpEnumFilesRecursive(
|
|
LocalSourcePath,
|
|
SpDelEnumFile,
|
|
&Status,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(LocalSourcePath);
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Copying directories from %ws to %ws%ws\n",
|
|
CopySource, TargetPartitionName, LocalSourceDirectory));
|
|
|
|
SpCopyDirRecursive(
|
|
CopySource,
|
|
TargetPartitionName,
|
|
LocalSourceDirectory,
|
|
COPY_NODECOMP
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Now that the copy is done, the setup source path becomes the
|
|
// previous target. We are no longer even pretending to be doing
|
|
// a remote boot setup.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Switching to local setup source\n"));
|
|
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath = TargetPartitionName;
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource = LocalSourceDirectory;
|
|
if ( PreInstall ) {
|
|
wcscpy( TemporaryBuffer, DirectoryOnSetupSource );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, WINNT_OEM_TEXTMODE_DIR_W );
|
|
SpMemFree( PreinstallOemSourcePath );
|
|
PreinstallOemSourcePath = SpDupStringW( TemporaryBuffer );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RemoteBootSetup = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(CopySource);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this isn't an automated ASR test, copy the files that make up the product.
|
|
// Note that we cannot pass \device\floppy0 to SpCopyFiles() as a constant string,
|
|
// because this function at some point will attempt to convert the string to lower case,
|
|
// which will cause a bugcheck, since SpToLowerCase will overwrite the constant string.
|
|
// So we make a duplicate of the constant string.
|
|
//
|
|
ThirdPartySourceDevicePath = SpDupStringW( L"\\device\\floppy0" );
|
|
|
|
if (RemoteSysPrepSetup) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Initialize the diamond decompression engine.
|
|
//
|
|
SpdInitialize();
|
|
|
|
SpInstallSysPrepImage(SifHandle,WinntSifHandle, RemoteIMirrorFileData, RemoteIMirrorMemoryData);
|
|
|
|
SpFixupThirdPartyComponents( SifHandle,
|
|
( PreInstall ) ? SetupSourceDevicePath : ThirdPartySourceDevicePath,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TargetPath,
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory );
|
|
|
|
goto CleanAndFinish;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// HACK: rename setupapi.log to setupapi.old here because this logfile can
|
|
// get very large on upgrades
|
|
//
|
|
if (NTUpgrade != DontUpgrade) {
|
|
SpRenameSetupAPILog(TargetRegion,TargetPath);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!SpAsrIsQuickTest()) {
|
|
SpCopyFiles(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TargetPath,
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource,
|
|
( PreInstall )? SetupSourceDevicePath : ThirdPartySourceDevicePath
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(8);
|
|
|
|
if (SpDrEnabled()) {
|
|
SpDrCleanup();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined HEADLESS_ATTENDEDTEXTMODE_UNATTENDEDGUIMODE
|
|
|
|
// Get data into inf file if we have a terminal connected and it
|
|
// is a fresh install only
|
|
if (HeadlessTerminalConnected && (!UnattendedOperation) &&(!ANY_TYPE_OF_UPGRADE)) {
|
|
UnattendedGuiOperation = TRUE;
|
|
SpGetNecessaryParameters();
|
|
if (AdvancedServer) {
|
|
SpGetServerDetails();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
SendSetupProgressEvent(SavingSettingsEvent, SavingSettingsStartEvent, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Process Crash Recovery settings on upgrade. We call this here for another reason here. We flush the
|
|
// $winnt$.inf file in SpInitializeRegistry. Since we write to that file doing it here makes sure that
|
|
// the file gets the entries we wrote
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if( NTUpgrade == UpgradeFull ){
|
|
SpDisableCrashRecoveryForGuiMode(TargetRegion, TargetPath);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ASRMODE_QUICKTEST_TEXT != SpAsrGetAsrMode()) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Configure the registry.
|
|
//
|
|
SpInitializeRegistry(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TargetPath,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSetupSource,
|
|
wcsstr(DirectoryOnBootDevice,L"\\$WIN_NT$.~BT") ? NtBootDevicePath : NULL,
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
TESTHOOK(9);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SendSetupProgressEvent(SavingSettingsEvent, HiveProcessingEndEvent, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UpdateBootList:
|
|
|
|
if (SpDrEnabled() && !RepairWinnt) { // ASR (not ER)
|
|
SpDrCopyFiles();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef _X86_
|
|
//
|
|
// NEC98
|
|
//
|
|
if (IsNEC_98) { //NEC98
|
|
//
|
|
// Once clear BOOTVARS[], then rebuild it when upgrade from NT.
|
|
//
|
|
TargetRegion_Nec98 = TargetRegion;
|
|
SpReInitializeBootVars_Nec98();
|
|
} //NEC98
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is an upgrade we need to remove the entry which exists for
|
|
// this system right now, because we are using new entries. We can use
|
|
// this opportunity to also clean out the boot ini and remove all entries
|
|
// which point to the current nt partition and path
|
|
//
|
|
// Also do this in the case where we wiped out an existing directory during
|
|
// a clean install.
|
|
//
|
|
OldOsLoadOptions = NULL;
|
|
if(NTUpgrade == UpgradeFull || RepairItems[RepairNvram] || DeleteTarget
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|| RemoteBootSetup
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
) {
|
|
SpRemoveInstallationFromBootList(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TargetPath,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
PrimaryArcPath,
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
RemoteBootSetup,
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
&OldOsLoadOptions
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
// call again to delete the secondary Arc name
|
|
SpRemoveInstallationFromBootList(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TargetPath,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
SecondaryArcPath,
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
RemoteBootSetup,
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
&OldOsLoadOptions
|
|
);
|
|
#endif // defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
//
|
|
// Lay NT boot code on C:. Do this before flushing boot vars
|
|
// because it may change the 'previous os' selection.
|
|
//
|
|
if ((SystemPartitionRegion != NULL) && (!RepairWinnt || RepairItems[RepairBootSect])) {
|
|
SpLayBootCode(SystemPartitionRegion);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
At the end of text-mode setup, issue an IOCTL_STORAGE_EJECT_MEDIA to the CD-ROM
|
|
you are installing from. On some machines this won't help at all, but on others we
|
|
can avoid the (txtsetup, reboot, boot from CD back into txtsetup) cycle that i always
|
|
get into. This would also provide an interrupt for developers like me who don't pay
|
|
any attention to setup - we could tell when textmode setup was finished.
|
|
|
|
In GUI-mode setup if the CD can't be found in the cdrom drive issue an
|
|
IOCTL_STORAGE_LOAD_MEDIA to the cd to pull the tray back in.
|
|
|
|
If you still can't find the CD, wait for a media change notification from the
|
|
system. When you get one (or the user hits the okay button), you continue.
|
|
Figureing out when the media has been inserted automagically would be snazzier
|
|
than just waiting there for the user to hit the OK button.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
//
|
|
// If this is a remote boot setup, rename the loaders and initialize configuration.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
if (RemoteBootSetup) {
|
|
(VOID)SpFixupRemoteBootLoader(RemoteBootTarget);
|
|
(VOID)SpCreateRemoteBootCfg(RemoteBootTarget, SystemPartitionRegion);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
if (!RepairWinnt || RepairItems[RepairNvram]) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Add a boot set for this installation.
|
|
//
|
|
SpAddInstallationToBootList(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory,
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TargetPath,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
OldOsLoadOptions
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(OldOsLoadOptions) {
|
|
SpMemFree(OldOsLoadOptions);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpCleanSysPartOrphan();
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
//
|
|
// Make sure that the boot.ini in the machine directory is written.
|
|
//
|
|
if (RemoteBootSetup) {
|
|
if (!SpFlushRemoteBootVars(TargetRegion)) {
|
|
WCHAR DriveLetterString[2];
|
|
|
|
DriveLetterString[0] = TargetRegion->DriveLetter;
|
|
DriveLetterString[1] = L'\0';
|
|
SpStringToUpper(DriveLetterString);
|
|
SpStartScreen(SP_SCRN_CANT_INIT_FLEXBOOT,
|
|
3,
|
|
HEADER_HEIGHT+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
DriveLetterString,
|
|
DriveLetterString
|
|
);
|
|
// SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_CANT_INIT_FLEXBOOT,3,HEADER_HEIGHT+1);
|
|
SpDisplayStatusText(SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE);
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
while(SpInputGetKeypress() != KEY_F3) ;
|
|
SpDone(0,FALSE,TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
SpCompleteBootListConfig( TargetRegion->DriveLetter );
|
|
|
|
if (IsNEC_98) { //NEC98
|
|
//
|
|
// Set auto boot flag into PTE.
|
|
//
|
|
SpSetAutoBootFlag(TargetRegion,TRUE);
|
|
} //NEC98
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If system was repaired, and either the System Partition
|
|
// or the NT Partition is an FT partition, then set the
|
|
// appropriate flag in the registry, so that next time the
|
|
// system boots, it checks and updates the partition's image.
|
|
//
|
|
// (guhans) removed SpDrEnabled, ASR doesn't support FT partitions
|
|
//
|
|
if( RepairWinnt ) {
|
|
UCHAR TmpSysId;
|
|
UCHAR TmpNtPartitionSysId;
|
|
BOOLEAN SystemPartitionIsFT;
|
|
BOOLEAN TargetPartitionIsFT;
|
|
|
|
TmpSysId = SpPtGetPartitionType(SystemPartitionRegion);
|
|
ASSERT(TmpSysId != PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED);
|
|
|
|
SystemPartitionIsFT = ((TmpSysId & VALID_NTFT) == VALID_NTFT) ||
|
|
((TmpSysId & PARTITION_NTFT) == PARTITION_NTFT);
|
|
|
|
TmpSysId = SpPtGetPartitionType(TargetRegion);
|
|
ASSERT(TmpSysId != PARTITION_ENTRY_UNUSED);
|
|
|
|
TargetPartitionIsFT = ((TmpSysId & VALID_NTFT) == VALID_NTFT) ||
|
|
((TmpSysId & PARTITION_NTFT) == PARTITION_NTFT);
|
|
#if defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
if( ( SystemPartitionIsFT &&
|
|
( RepairItems[ RepairNvram ] || RepairItems[ RepairBootSect ] )
|
|
) ||
|
|
( TargetPartitionIsFT &&
|
|
( RepairItems[ RepairFiles ] )
|
|
)
|
|
) {
|
|
SpSetDirtyShutdownFlag( TargetRegion, TargetPath );
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
if( ( SystemPartitionIsFT || TargetPartitionIsFT ) && RepairItems[ RepairFiles ] ) {
|
|
SpSetDirtyShutdownFlag( TargetRegion, TargetPath );
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(_AMD64_) || defined(_X86_)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
CleanAndFinish:
|
|
|
|
if ((RemoteInstallSetup || RemoteSysPrepSetup) && (NetBootSifPath != NULL)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Clean out the temporary .sif file. SpDeleteFile concatenates its
|
|
// arguments to form the final path.
|
|
//
|
|
Status = SpDeleteFile(L"\\Device\\LanmanRedirector", NetBootSifPath, NULL);
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not delete temporary file %ws\n", NetBootSifPath));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SendSetupProgressEvent(SavingSettingsEvent, SavingSettingsEndEvent, NULL);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(EFI_NVRAM_ENABLED)
|
|
//
|
|
// Deal with the driver entry for fpswa.efi
|
|
//
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR SystemPartitionDevicePath;
|
|
SpNtNameFromRegion(SystemPartitionRegion, TemporaryBuffer, sizeof(TemporaryBuffer), PartitionOrdinalCurrent);
|
|
SystemPartitionDevicePath = SpDupStringW(TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
|
|
Status = SpUpdateDriverEntry(
|
|
FPSWA_DRIVER_IMAGE_NAME,
|
|
FPSWA_DRIVER_FRIENDLY_NAME,
|
|
SystemPartitionDevicePath,
|
|
SystemPartitionDirectory,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
FPSWA_DRIVER_DEST_DIR
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(SystemPartitionDevicePath);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((
|
|
DPFLTR_SETUP_ID,
|
|
DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Could not update driver entry for fpswa.efi, status == %08lx\n",
|
|
Status
|
|
));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Done with boot variables and arc names.
|
|
//
|
|
SpFreeBootVars();
|
|
SpFreeArcNames();
|
|
|
|
SpDone(0,TRUE, UnattendedOperation ? UnattendWaitForReboot : TRUE);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// We never get here because SpDone doesn't return.
|
|
//
|
|
SpvidTerminate();
|
|
SpInputTerminate();
|
|
SpTerminate();
|
|
return((ULONG)STATUS_SUCCESS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpDetermineProductType(
|
|
IN PVOID SifHandle
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Determine whether this is advanced server we are setting up,
|
|
as dictated by the ProductType value in [SetupData] section of
|
|
txtsetup.sif. A non-0 value indicates that we are running
|
|
advanced server.
|
|
|
|
Also determine product version.
|
|
|
|
The global variables:
|
|
|
|
- AdvancedServer
|
|
- MajorVersion
|
|
- MinorVersion
|
|
|
|
are modified
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
SifHandle - supplies handle to loaded txtsetup.sif.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
ULONG l;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Assume Workstation product.
|
|
//
|
|
AdvancedServer = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the product type from the sif file.
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_PRODUCTTYPE,0);
|
|
if(p) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Convert to numeric value.
|
|
//
|
|
l = SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10);
|
|
switch (l) {
|
|
case 1: //SRV
|
|
case 2: //ADS
|
|
case 3: //DTC
|
|
case 5: //BLA
|
|
case 6: //SBS
|
|
AdvancedServer = TRUE;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case 4: //PER
|
|
case 0: //PRO
|
|
default:
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
SpFatalSifError(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_PRODUCTTYPE,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the product major version
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
SIF_SETUPDATA,
|
|
SIF_MAJORVERSION,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(!p) {
|
|
SpFatalSifError(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_MAJORVERSION,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
WinntMajorVer = (ULONG)SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Get the product minor version
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
SIF_SETUPDATA,
|
|
SIF_MINORVERSION,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(!p) {
|
|
SpFatalSifError(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_MINORVERSION,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
WinntMinorVer = (ULONG)SpStringToLong(p,NULL,10);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Build the string that contains the signature that
|
|
// identifies setup.log
|
|
// Allocate a buffer of reasonable size
|
|
//
|
|
SIF_NEW_REPAIR_NT_VERSION = SpMemAlloc( 30*sizeof(WCHAR) );
|
|
if( SIF_NEW_REPAIR_NT_VERSION == NULL ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to allocate memory for SIF_NEW_REPAIR_NT_VERSION \n" ));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
swprintf( SIF_NEW_REPAIR_NT_VERSION,
|
|
SIF_NEW_REPAIR_NT_VERSION_TEMPLATE,
|
|
WinntMajorVer,WinntMinorVer );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
BOOL
|
|
SpDetermineInstallationSource(
|
|
IN PVOID SifHandle,
|
|
OUT PWSTR *DevicePath,
|
|
OUT PWSTR *DirectoryOnDevice,
|
|
IN BOOLEAN bEscape
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR p,q;
|
|
BOOLEAN CdInstall;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Assume CD-ROM installation.
|
|
//
|
|
CdInstall = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// See whether an override source device has been specified. This can be
|
|
// specified in either winnt.sif or in txtsetup.sif. (Remote boot setup
|
|
// uses winnt.sif.)
|
|
//
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(WinntSifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_SETUPSOURCEDEVICE,0);
|
|
|
|
if (p == NULL) {
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_SETUPSOURCEDEVICE,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(p != NULL) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Determine if the specified device is a cd-rom so we can set the
|
|
// cd-rom flag accordingly.
|
|
//
|
|
q = SpDupStringW(p);
|
|
|
|
if (q) {
|
|
SpStringToLower(q);
|
|
|
|
if(!wcsstr(q,L"\\device\\cdrom")) {
|
|
CdInstall = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(q);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Inform the caller of the device path.
|
|
//
|
|
*DevicePath = p;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
WCHAR szDevicePath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
PWSTR szDefDevicePath = L"\\device\\cdrom0";
|
|
ULONG ulNumCDRoms = IoGetConfigurationInformation()->CdRomCount;
|
|
|
|
// assume cdrom0 has the required installation CD
|
|
wcscpy(szDevicePath, szDefDevicePath);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If there is no CD-ROM drive, put a message informing the user
|
|
// that setup cannot continue.
|
|
// In the repair case, we pretend that there is a CD-ROM drive,
|
|
// so that the user can at least repair the hives, boot sector,
|
|
// and the boot variables (boot.ini on amd64/x86 case)
|
|
//
|
|
if (!ulNumCDRoms) {
|
|
if (!RepairWinnt && !SpAsrIsQuickTest()) {
|
|
if(!bEscape) {
|
|
SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_NO_VALID_SOURCE,3,HEADER_HEIGHT+1);
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,0);
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
while(SpInputGetKeypress() != KEY_F3) ;
|
|
|
|
SpDone(0,FALSE,TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
RepairNoCDROMDrive = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if(!RepairWinnt && !SpAsrIsQuickTest()) {
|
|
PWSTR szTagfile = 0, szDescription = 0, szMediaShortName;
|
|
BOOLEAN bRedrawNeeded = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN bDiskInserted = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
szMediaShortName = SpLookUpValueForFile(
|
|
SifHandle,
|
|
L"eula.txt",
|
|
INDEX_WHICHMEDIA,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpGetSourceMediaInfo(SifHandle, szMediaShortName,
|
|
&szDescription, &szTagfile, NULL);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Prompt for the disk, based on the setup media type.
|
|
// (this routine will scan all the CD-ROMs and return
|
|
// proper CD-ROM device path)
|
|
//
|
|
bDiskInserted = SpPromptForDisk(
|
|
szDescription,
|
|
szDevicePath,
|
|
szTagfile,
|
|
FALSE, // don't ignore disk in drive
|
|
bEscape, // allow/disallow escape
|
|
TRUE, // warn about multiple prompts for same disk
|
|
&bRedrawNeeded
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(!bDiskInserted)
|
|
wcscpy(szDevicePath, szDefDevicePath);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*DevicePath = SpDupStringW(szDevicePath);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Fetch the directory on the source device.
|
|
//
|
|
if((p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_SETUPSOURCEPATH,0)) == NULL) {
|
|
SpFatalSifError(SifHandle,SIF_SETUPDATA,SIF_SETUPSOURCEPATH,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*DirectoryOnDevice = p;
|
|
|
|
return(CdInstall);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpGetWinntParams(
|
|
OUT PWSTR *DevicePath,
|
|
OUT PWSTR *DirectoryOnDevice
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Determine the local source partition and directory on the partition.
|
|
|
|
The local source partition should have already been located for us
|
|
by the partitioning engine when it initialized. The directory name
|
|
within the partition is constant.
|
|
|
|
Note: this routine should only be called in the winnt.exe setup case!
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
DevicePath - receives the path to the local source partition
|
|
in the nt namespace. The caller should not attempt to free
|
|
this buffer.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryOnDevice - receives the directory name of the local source.
|
|
This is actually a fixed constant but is included here for future use.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None. If the local source was not located, setup cannot continue.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
ASSERT(WinntSetup && !WinntFromCd);
|
|
|
|
if(LocalSourceRegion) {
|
|
|
|
SpNtNameFromRegion(
|
|
LocalSourceRegion,
|
|
TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
sizeof(TemporaryBuffer),
|
|
PartitionOrdinalCurrent
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
*DevicePath = SpDupStringW(TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
|
|
*DirectoryOnDevice = LocalSourceDirectory;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Error -- can't locate local source directory
|
|
// prepared by winnt.exe.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_CANT_FIND_LOCAL_SOURCE,3,HEADER_HEIGHT+1);
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
while(SpInputGetKeypress() != KEY_F3) ;
|
|
|
|
SpDone(0,FALSE,TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpInitializeDriverInf(
|
|
IN HANDLE MasterSifHandle,
|
|
IN PWSTR SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
IN PWSTR DirectoryOnSourceDevice
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Open a handle to drvindex.inf
|
|
Then open a handle to driver.cab
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
MasterSifHandle - Handle to txtsetup.sif.
|
|
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath - Path to the device that contains the source media.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryOnSourceDevice - Directory on the media where setupp.ini is located.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
NONE.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR MediaShortName;
|
|
PWSTR MediaDirectory;
|
|
PWSTR DriverInfPath;
|
|
ULONG ErrorSubId;
|
|
ULONG ErrorLine;
|
|
PWSTR TmpPid;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
PWSTR PidExtraData;
|
|
CHAR ExtraDataArray[25];
|
|
PWSTR PrivateInfPath;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obja;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock;
|
|
PWSTR Tagfile,Description;
|
|
BOOLEAN bRedraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
ULONG ValidKeys[3] = { KEY_F3,ASCI_CR,0 };
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Prepair to load drvindex.inf
|
|
//
|
|
MediaShortName = SpLookUpValueForFile(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
L"drvindex.inf",
|
|
INDEX_WHICHMEDIA,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (ForceConsole || ConsoleFromWinnt32){
|
|
//
|
|
// The user needs to reach to console so he can
|
|
// ESCAPE is the removable media is not present
|
|
// in the drive
|
|
//
|
|
SpGetSourceMediaInfo(MasterSifHandle,MediaShortName,&Description,&Tagfile,NULL);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// if setup source or directory on source is not present
|
|
// try to fetch it
|
|
//
|
|
if (!SetupSourceDevicePath)
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath = gpCmdConsBlock->SetupSourceDevicePath;
|
|
|
|
if (!DirectoryOnSourceDevice)
|
|
DirectoryOnSourceDevice = gpCmdConsBlock->DirectoryOnSetupSource;
|
|
|
|
if (!SetupSourceDevicePath || !DirectoryOnSourceDevice){
|
|
SpDetermineInstallationSource(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
&SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
&DirectoryOnSourceDevice,
|
|
TRUE // allow to ESCAPE if CD-ROM is not found
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (SetupSourceDevicePath) {
|
|
if (gpCmdConsBlock->SetupSourceDevicePath) {
|
|
SpMemFree(gpCmdConsBlock->SetupSourceDevicePath);
|
|
gpCmdConsBlock->SetupSourceDevicePath = SetupSourceDevicePath;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (DirectoryOnSourceDevice){
|
|
if(gpCmdConsBlock->DirectoryOnSetupSource) {
|
|
SpMemFree(gpCmdConsBlock->DirectoryOnSetupSource);
|
|
gpCmdConsBlock->DirectoryOnSetupSource = DirectoryOnSourceDevice;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!SetupSourceDevicePath || !DirectoryOnSourceDevice)
|
|
return; // can't proceed
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!SpPromptForDisk(
|
|
Description,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
Tagfile,
|
|
FALSE, // don't ignore disk in drive
|
|
TRUE, // allow escape
|
|
TRUE, // warn about multiple prompts for same disk
|
|
&bRedraw
|
|
)) {
|
|
DriverInfHandle = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (bRedraw) {
|
|
// redraw the screen
|
|
SpvidClearScreenRegion( 0, 0, 0, 0, DEFAULT_BACKGROUND );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (bRedraw) {
|
|
// redraw the screen
|
|
SpvidClearScreenRegion( 0, 0, 0, 0, DEFAULT_BACKGROUND );
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// Prompt for the disk, based on the setup media type.
|
|
// Note : Will not return until the media is provided
|
|
//
|
|
SpPromptForSetupMedia(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
MediaShortName,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
SpGetSourceMediaInfo(MasterSifHandle,MediaShortName,NULL,NULL,&MediaDirectory);
|
|
|
|
wcscpy( TemporaryBuffer, SetupSourceDevicePath );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, DirectoryOnSourceDevice );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, MediaDirectory );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, L"drvindex.inf" );
|
|
|
|
DriverInfPath = SpDupStringW( TemporaryBuffer );
|
|
if (!DriverInfPath) {
|
|
Status = STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
} else {
|
|
TryAgain1:
|
|
//
|
|
// load the inf
|
|
//
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(
|
|
DriverInfPath,
|
|
NULL, // No image already in memory
|
|
0, // Image size is empty
|
|
&DriverInfHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
FALSE
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to read drvindex.inf. Status = %lx \n", Status ));
|
|
DriverInfHandle = NULL;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// bail out of setup
|
|
//
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_DRIVERCACHE_FATAL,
|
|
3,
|
|
HEADER_HEIGHT+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_ENTER_EQUALS_RETRY,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
switch(SpWaitValidKey(ValidKeys,NULL,NULL)) {
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
goto TryAgain1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case KEY_F3:
|
|
SpConfirmExit();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpDone(0,FALSE,FALSE);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (DriverInfPath) {
|
|
SpMemFree( DriverInfPath );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// load the driver cab
|
|
//
|
|
// won't return if it fails
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpOpenDriverCab(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
DirectoryOnSourceDevice,
|
|
&MediaDirectory);
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// now read delta.inf from the directory the driver cab was in
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
wcscpy( TemporaryBuffer, SetupSourceDevicePath );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, DirectoryOnSourceDevice );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, MediaDirectory );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, L"delta.inf" );
|
|
|
|
PrivateInfPath = SpDupStringW( TemporaryBuffer );
|
|
if (!PrivateInfPath) {
|
|
Status = STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// load the inf
|
|
//
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(
|
|
PrivateInfPath,
|
|
NULL, // No image already in memory
|
|
0, // Image size is empty
|
|
&PrivateInfHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
FALSE
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to read delta.inf. Status = %lx \n", Status ));
|
|
PrivateInfHandle = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( PrivateInfPath ) {
|
|
SpMemFree( PrivateInfPath );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpOpenDriverCab(
|
|
IN HANDLE MasterSifHandle,
|
|
IN PWSTR SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
IN PWSTR DirectoryOnSourceDevice,
|
|
OUT PWSTR *Directory OPTIONAL
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
open driver.cab based on the current source path and directory.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
MasterSifHandle - Handle to txtsetup.sif.
|
|
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath - Path to the device that contains the source media.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryOnSourceDevice - Directory on the media where setupp.ini is located.
|
|
|
|
Directory - If specified, returns the directory below DirectoryOnSourceDevice
|
|
where the cab was opened from.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
NONE.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR CabFileSection, CabFileName;
|
|
WCHAR CabPath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
PWSTR MediaShortName;
|
|
PWSTR MediaDirectory;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
PWSTR DriverCabName, DriverCabPath;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obja;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock;
|
|
CABDATA *MyCabData;
|
|
DWORD i;
|
|
HANDLE CabHandle;
|
|
|
|
ULONG ValidKeys[3] = { KEY_F3,ASCI_CR,0 };
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Load up every cab that's listed in drvindex.inf
|
|
// and fill in the CabData structure.
|
|
//
|
|
ASSERT( DriverInfHandle );
|
|
|
|
if (ARGUMENT_PRESENT(Directory)) {
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// --lookup the name of the cab in txtsetup.sif
|
|
// then get the path to the file and open it
|
|
//
|
|
DriverCabName = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (MasterSifHandle,
|
|
L"SetupData",
|
|
L"DriverCabName",
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
if (DriverCabName) {
|
|
MediaShortName = SpLookUpValueForFile(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
DriverCabName,
|
|
INDEX_WHICHMEDIA,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpGetSourceMediaInfo(MasterSifHandle,MediaShortName,NULL,NULL,&MediaDirectory);
|
|
*Directory = MediaDirectory;
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// bail out of setup
|
|
//
|
|
DriverInfHandle = NULL;
|
|
|
|
SpFatalSifError(MasterSifHandle,
|
|
L"SetupData",
|
|
L"DriverCabName",
|
|
0,
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
return; // for prefix
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// get the cabfiles line from the Version section
|
|
//
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
CabFileSection = NULL;
|
|
CabData = SpMemAlloc( sizeof(CABDATA) );
|
|
RtlZeroMemory( CabData, sizeof(CABDATA) );
|
|
MyCabData = CabData;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// SpGetSectionKeyIndex will return NULL when there are no more entries on
|
|
// this line.
|
|
//
|
|
while( CabFileSection = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(DriverInfHandle,L"Version",L"CabFiles",i) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Got the section name. Go figure out which cab we need
|
|
// to open and load the handle.
|
|
//
|
|
CabFileName = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(DriverInfHandle,L"Cabs",CabFileSection,0);
|
|
|
|
if( CabFileName ) {
|
|
MediaShortName = SpLookUpValueForFile( MasterSifHandle,
|
|
CabFileName,
|
|
INDEX_WHICHMEDIA,
|
|
TRUE );
|
|
|
|
SpGetSourceMediaInfo(MasterSifHandle,MediaShortName,NULL,NULL,&MediaDirectory);
|
|
|
|
wcscpy( CabPath, SetupSourceDevicePath );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( CabPath, DirectoryOnSourceDevice );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( CabPath, MediaDirectory );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( CabPath, CabFileName );
|
|
|
|
TryAgain2:
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obja,&UnicodeString,CabPath);
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwCreateFile( &CabHandle,
|
|
FILE_GENERIC_READ,
|
|
&Obja,
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,
|
|
FILE_SHARE_READ,
|
|
FILE_OPEN,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0 );
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// load the data structure.
|
|
//
|
|
if( (MyCabData->CabName) && (MyCabData->CabHandle) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// This entry is being used. Create another.
|
|
//
|
|
MyCabData->Next = SpMemAlloc( sizeof(CABDATA) );
|
|
MyCabData = MyCabData->Next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if( MyCabData ) {
|
|
MyCabData->Next = NULL;
|
|
MyCabData->CabName = SpDupStringW(CabFileName);
|
|
MyCabData->CabHandle = CabHandle;
|
|
MyCabData->CabInfHandle = DriverInfHandle;
|
|
MyCabData->CabSectionName = SpDupStringW(CabFileSection);
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// What to do...
|
|
//
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to open cab file %ws. Status = %lx \n", CabPath, Status ));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// bail out of setup
|
|
//
|
|
DriverInfHandle = NULL;
|
|
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_DRIVERCACHE_FATAL,
|
|
3,
|
|
HEADER_HEIGHT+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(
|
|
DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,
|
|
SP_STAT_ENTER_EQUALS_RETRY,
|
|
SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
switch(SpWaitValidKey(ValidKeys,NULL,NULL)) {
|
|
case ASCI_CR:
|
|
goto TryAgain2;
|
|
break;
|
|
case KEY_F3:
|
|
SpConfirmExit();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpDone(0,FALSE,FALSE);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Go look in the next section.
|
|
//
|
|
i++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpInitializePidString(
|
|
IN HANDLE MasterSifHandle,
|
|
IN PWSTR SetupSourceDevicePath,
|
|
IN PWSTR DirectoryOnSourceDevice
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Read th Pid20 from setupp.ini on the media, and save it on the global
|
|
variable PidString. Also read the "extradata" from setupp.ini and translate it
|
|
into the StepUpMode global. Note that the StepUpMode global is already set from
|
|
reading setupreg.hiv initially, but this overrides that value
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
MasterSifHandle - Handle to txtsetup.sif.
|
|
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath - Path to the device that contains the source media.
|
|
|
|
DirectoryOnSourceDevice - Directory on the media where setupp.ini is located.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
NONE.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR MediaShortName;
|
|
PWSTR MediaDirectory;
|
|
PWSTR SetupIniPath;
|
|
ULONG ErrorSubId;
|
|
ULONG ErrorLine;
|
|
PVOID SetupIniHandle;
|
|
PWSTR TmpPid;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
PWSTR PidExtraData;
|
|
CHAR ExtraDataArray[25];
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Prepair to run autofmt
|
|
//
|
|
MediaShortName = SpLookUpValueForFile(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
L"setupp.ini",
|
|
INDEX_WHICHMEDIA,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Prompt the user to insert the setup media.
|
|
//
|
|
SpPromptForSetupMedia(
|
|
MasterSifHandle,
|
|
MediaShortName,
|
|
SetupSourceDevicePath
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpGetSourceMediaInfo(MasterSifHandle,MediaShortName,NULL,NULL,&MediaDirectory);
|
|
|
|
wcscpy( TemporaryBuffer, SetupSourceDevicePath );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, DirectoryOnSourceDevice );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, MediaDirectory );
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, L"setupp.ini" );
|
|
SetupIniPath = SpDupStringW( TemporaryBuffer );
|
|
|
|
CLEAR_CLIENT_SCREEN();
|
|
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(
|
|
SetupIniPath,
|
|
NULL, // No image already in memory
|
|
0, // Image size is empty
|
|
&SetupIniHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
TRUE,
|
|
FALSE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Silently fail if unable to read setupp.ini
|
|
//
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to read setupp.ini. Status = %lx \n", Status ));
|
|
|
|
PidString = NULL;
|
|
StepUpMode = TRUE;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TmpPid = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (SetupIniHandle,
|
|
L"Pid",
|
|
L"Pid",
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
PidString = ( TmpPid == NULL )? NULL : SpDupStringW(TmpPid);
|
|
|
|
TmpPid = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (SetupIniHandle,
|
|
L"Pid",
|
|
L"Pid",
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
PidString = ( TmpPid == NULL )? NULL : SpDupStringW(TmpPid);
|
|
|
|
TmpPid = SpGetSectionKeyIndex (SetupIniHandle,
|
|
L"Pid",
|
|
L"ExtraData",
|
|
0);
|
|
|
|
PidExtraData = (TmpPid == NULL) ? NULL : SpDupStringW(TmpPid);
|
|
if ( PidExtraData ) {
|
|
|
|
if (! SpGetStepUpMode(PidExtraData,&StepUpMode)) {
|
|
//
|
|
// fatal error processing PidExtraData
|
|
// -- someone tampered with this file so bail out
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpStartScreen(
|
|
SP_SCRN_PIDINIT_FATAL,
|
|
3,
|
|
HEADER_HEIGHT+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,0);
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
while(SpInputGetKeypress() != KEY_F3);
|
|
SpDone(0, FALSE,FALSE);
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree( PidExtraData );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpFreeTextFile( SetupIniHandle );
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpRenameSetupAPILog(
|
|
PDISK_REGION TargetRegion,
|
|
PCWSTR TargetPath
|
|
)
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine deletes the copy of setupapi.old if present, and then
|
|
renames setupapi.log to setupapi.old.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
TargetRegion - identifies the disk containing the NT installation
|
|
TargetPath - path to NT installation on disk
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
NONE.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR SetupAPIOldName;
|
|
PWSTR SetupAPILogName;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
SpNtNameFromRegion(
|
|
TargetRegion,
|
|
TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
sizeof(TemporaryBuffer),
|
|
PartitionOrdinalCurrent
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths( TemporaryBuffer, TargetPath );
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Allocate a string buffer large enough to contain space for the string
|
|
// in TemporaryBuffer, plus "setupapi.old", plus the path seperator that
|
|
// SpConcatenatePaths() may insert between them. Include room for the
|
|
// null terminator as well.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SetupAPIOldName = SpMemAlloc(wcslen(TemporaryBuffer) * sizeof(WCHAR) +
|
|
sizeof(L'\\') +
|
|
sizeof(L"setupapi.old") +
|
|
sizeof(L'\0'));
|
|
if (SetupAPIOldName == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not allocate memory to rename setupapi.log.\n"));
|
|
return STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetupAPILogName = SpMemAlloc(wcslen(TemporaryBuffer) * sizeof(WCHAR) +
|
|
sizeof(L'\\') +
|
|
sizeof(L"setupapi.log") +
|
|
sizeof(L'\0'));
|
|
if (SetupAPILogName == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not allocate memory to rename setupapi.log.\n"));
|
|
SpMemFree(SetupAPIOldName);
|
|
return STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wcscpy(SetupAPIOldName, TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths(SetupAPIOldName, L"setupapi.old");
|
|
wcscpy(SetupAPILogName, TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths(SetupAPILogName, L"setupapi.log");
|
|
|
|
|
|
Status = SpDeleteFile(SetupAPIOldName, NULL, NULL);
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_WARNING_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not delete %ws: %lx.\n", SetupAPIOldName, Status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Status = SpRenameFile(SetupAPILogName, SetupAPIOldName, FALSE);
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_WARNING_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not rename %ws to %ws: %lx.\n", SetupAPILogName, SetupAPIOldName, Status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(SetupAPILogName);
|
|
SpMemFree(SetupAPIOldName);
|
|
|
|
return Status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpFixupRemoteBootLoader(
|
|
PWSTR RemoteBootTarget
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine deletes the setup loader that is currently NTLDR, and
|
|
puts the os loader in its place.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
RemoteBootTarget -- the network path to the machine directory root
|
|
on the server.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
NONE.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
PWSTR NtldrName;
|
|
PWSTR OsLoaderName;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
|
|
NtldrName = SpMemAlloc(wcslen(RemoteBootTarget) * sizeof(WCHAR) + sizeof(L"ntldr"));
|
|
if (NtldrName == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not allocate memory to fixup remote boot loader.\n"));
|
|
return STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
OsLoaderName = SpMemAlloc((wcslen(RemoteBootTarget) + 20) * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
if (OsLoaderName == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not allocate memory to fixup remote boot loader.\n"));
|
|
SpMemFree(NtldrName);
|
|
return STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wcscpy(NtldrName, RemoteBootTarget);
|
|
p = wcsstr(NtldrName, L"BootDrive");
|
|
ASSERT(p != NULL);
|
|
wcscpy(p, L"ntldr");
|
|
|
|
Status = SpDeleteFile(NtldrName, NULL, NULL);
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not delete %ws: %lx.\n", NtldrName, Status));
|
|
goto Cleanup;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wcscpy(OsLoaderName, RemoteBootTarget);
|
|
wcscat(OsLoaderName, L"\\winnt\\osloader.exe");
|
|
|
|
Status = SpRenameFile(OsLoaderName, NtldrName, FALSE);
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not rename %ws to %ws: %lx.\n", OsLoaderName, NtldrName, Status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Cleanup:
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(NtldrName);
|
|
SpMemFree(OsLoaderName);
|
|
|
|
return Status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpCreateRemoteBootCfg(
|
|
IN PWSTR RemoteBootTarget,
|
|
IN PDISK_REGION SystemPartitionRegion
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine creates the RemoteBoot.cfg file in the system32\config directory, and
|
|
initializes it.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
RemoteBootTarget -- the network path to the machine directory root
|
|
on the server.
|
|
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion -- The drive that is installed on the local machine.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
NONE.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjectAttributes;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
IO_STATUS_BLOCK IoStatusBlock;
|
|
PWSTR FileName;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
HANDLE Handle;
|
|
ULONG BootSerialNumber = 1;
|
|
ULONG DiskSignature;
|
|
LARGE_INTEGER ByteOffset;
|
|
|
|
if ((SystemPartitionRegion != NULL) &&
|
|
(!SystemPartitionRegion->PartitionedSpace ||
|
|
(SystemPartitionRegion->Filesystem != FilesystemNtfs))) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((Ex"SDPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, ETUP: ERROR! Invalid system partition for remoteboot!\n");
|
|
return STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (SystemPartitionRegion != NULL) {
|
|
DiskSignature = U_ULONG(SystemPartitionRegion->MbrInfo->OnDiskMbr.NTFTSignature);
|
|
} else {
|
|
DiskSignature = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FileName = SpMemAlloc(wcslen(RemoteBootTarget) * sizeof(WCHAR) + sizeof(L"RemoteBoot.cfg"));
|
|
if (FileName == NULL) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not allocate memory remoteboot.cfg file name.\n"));
|
|
return STATUS_NO_MEMORY;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
wcscpy(FileName, RemoteBootTarget);
|
|
p = wcsstr(FileName, L"BootDrive");
|
|
ASSERT(p != NULL);
|
|
wcscpy(p, L"RemoteBoot.cfg");
|
|
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&ObjectAttributes,&UnicodeString,FileName);
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwCreateFile( &Handle,
|
|
(ACCESS_MASK)FILE_GENERIC_WRITE | FILE_GENERIC_READ,
|
|
&ObjectAttributes,
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN,
|
|
FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
|
|
FILE_OVERWRITE_IF,
|
|
FILE_SYNCHRONOUS_IO_NONALERT | FILE_RANDOM_ACCESS,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Could not create %ws file. Status == 0x%x\n", FileName, Status));
|
|
goto Cleanup;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_TRACE_LEVEL, "SETUP: Writing remoteboot.cfg file.\n"));
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Update the information
|
|
//
|
|
ByteOffset.LowPart = 0;
|
|
ByteOffset.HighPart = 0;
|
|
|
|
ZwWriteFile( Handle,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
&BootSerialNumber,
|
|
sizeof(ULONG),
|
|
&ByteOffset,
|
|
NULL
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
ByteOffset.LowPart = sizeof(ULONG);
|
|
|
|
ZwWriteFile( Handle,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
&DiskSignature,
|
|
sizeof(ULONG),
|
|
&ByteOffset,
|
|
NULL
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
ByteOffset.LowPart = sizeof(ULONG) + sizeof(ULONG);
|
|
|
|
ZwWriteFile( Handle,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
&IoStatusBlock,
|
|
NetBootHalName,
|
|
sizeof(NetBootHalName),
|
|
&ByteOffset,
|
|
NULL
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
ZwClose(Handle);
|
|
|
|
Cleanup:
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(FileName);
|
|
return Status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpEraseCscCache(
|
|
IN PDISK_REGION SystemPartitionRegion
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine erases the local CSC cache.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion - The system partition region (the local drive).
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
NONE.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
ENUMFILESRESULT Result;
|
|
PWSTR FullCscPath;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Show a screen, the status line will show each file as it is
|
|
// deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayScreen(SP_SCRN_CLEARING_CSC, 3, 4 );
|
|
|
|
SpNtNameFromRegion(
|
|
SystemPartitionRegion,
|
|
TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
sizeof(TemporaryBuffer),
|
|
PartitionOrdinalCurrent
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
SpConcatenatePaths(TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
REMOTE_BOOT_IMIRROR_PATH_W REMOTE_BOOT_CSC_SUBDIR_W);
|
|
FullCscPath = SpDupStringW(TemporaryBuffer);
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_TRACE_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpEraseCscCache clearing CSC cache %ws\n", FullCscPath));
|
|
|
|
Result = SpEnumFilesRecursive(
|
|
FullCscPath,
|
|
SpDelEnumFile,
|
|
&Status,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
SpMemFree(FullCscPath);
|
|
|
|
return Status;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpProcessMigrateInfFile(
|
|
IN PVOID InfHandle
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Process the [AddReg] section of migrate.inf.
|
|
The keys are created on the setup hive.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
InfHandle - Handle to migrate.inf file.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
Status code indicating outcome.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obja;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
HANDLE SystemHiveRoot;
|
|
PWSTR KeyPath = L"\\registry\\machine\\system";
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Open a handle to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System on the setup hive
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obja,&UnicodeString,KeyPath);
|
|
Obja.RootDirectory = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwOpenKey(&SystemHiveRoot,KEY_ALL_ACCESS,&Obja);
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to open %ls on the setup hive. Status = %lx \n", KeyPath, Status));
|
|
return( Status );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Status = SpProcessAddRegSection( InfHandle,
|
|
L"AddReg",
|
|
SystemHiveRoot,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL );
|
|
|
|
ZwClose( SystemHiveRoot );
|
|
return( Status );
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//begin NEC98
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpSetAutoBootFlag(
|
|
PDISK_REGION TargetRegion,
|
|
BOOLEAN SetBootPosision
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(NEC_98) //NEC98
|
|
PHARD_DISK pHardDisk;
|
|
WCHAR DevicePath[(sizeof(DISK_DEVICE_NAME_BASE)+sizeof(L"000"))/sizeof(WCHAR)];
|
|
ULONG i,bps;//,DiskLayoutSize;
|
|
HANDLE Handle;
|
|
NTSTATUS Sts;
|
|
PREAL_DISK_PTE_NEC98 Pte;
|
|
PUCHAR Buffer,UBuffer;
|
|
UCHAR Position = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
UBuffer = SpMemAlloc(2 * 2 * 512);
|
|
Buffer = ALIGN(UBuffer,512);
|
|
|
|
for(i=0; i<HardDiskCount; i++){
|
|
swprintf(DevicePath,L"\\Device\\Harddisk%u",i);
|
|
if(HardDisks[i].Status == DiskOffLine) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
//
|
|
// ignore removable disk.
|
|
//
|
|
if(HardDisks[i].Characteristics & FILE_REMOVABLE_MEDIA ){
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
bps = HardDisks[i].Geometry.BytesPerSector;
|
|
Sts = SpOpenPartition0(DevicePath,&Handle,TRUE);
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Sts)) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
RtlZeroMemory(Buffer,bps * 2);
|
|
Sts = SpReadWriteDiskSectors(Handle,0,1,bps,Buffer,FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Sts)) {
|
|
ZwClose(Handle);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Clear BootRecord
|
|
//
|
|
Buffer[bps - 5] = 0x00;
|
|
Buffer[bps - 6] = 0x00;
|
|
|
|
Sts = SpReadWriteDiskSectors(Handle,0,1,bps,Buffer,TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Sts)) {
|
|
ZwClose(Handle);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
ZwClose(Handle);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if(SetBootPosision){
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Set RealDiskPosition.(in upgrade or repair)
|
|
//
|
|
if( (NTUpgrade == UpgradeFull) || (WinUpgradeType != NoWinUpgrade) || RepairWinnt ||
|
|
(AutoPartitionPicker
|
|
#if defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
&& !RemoteBootSetup
|
|
#endif // defined(REMOTE_BOOT)
|
|
) ) {
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(TargetRegion);
|
|
TargetRegion->MbrInfo->OnDiskMbr.PartitionTable[TargetRegion->TablePosition].RealDiskPosition
|
|
= (UCHAR)TargetRegion->TablePosition;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ASSERT(TargetRegion);
|
|
RtlZeroMemory(Buffer,bps * 2);
|
|
pHardDisk = &HardDisks[TargetRegion->DiskNumber];
|
|
bps = HardDisks[TargetRegion->DiskNumber].Geometry.BytesPerSector;
|
|
Sts = SpOpenPartition0(pHardDisk->DevicePath,&Handle,TRUE);
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Sts)) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
Sts = SpReadWriteDiskSectors(Handle,0,2,bps,Buffer,FALSE);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Sts)) {
|
|
ZwClose(Handle);
|
|
SpMemFree(UBuffer);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
(PUCHAR)Pte = &Buffer[bps];
|
|
Position = TargetRegion->MbrInfo->OnDiskMbr.PartitionTable[TargetRegion->TablePosition].RealDiskPosition;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Update BootRecord and Volume Information
|
|
//
|
|
Buffer[bps - 5] = Position;
|
|
Buffer[bps - 6] = 0x80;
|
|
Pte[Position].ActiveFlag |= 0x80;
|
|
Pte[Position].SystemId |= 0x80;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// If target partition was created windisk.exe on NT3.5, there is not IPL adress
|
|
// in its volume info. So,textmode setup must write it to the volume info.
|
|
//
|
|
if ((Pte[Position].IPLSector != Pte[Position].StartSector) ||
|
|
(Pte[Position].IPLHead != Pte[Position].StartHead) ||
|
|
(Pte[Position].IPLCylinderLow != Pte[Position].StartCylinderLow) ||
|
|
(Pte[Position].IPLCylinderHigh != Pte[Position].StartCylinderHigh))
|
|
{
|
|
//
|
|
// Not much! Set IPL adress value same as partition start address.
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
Pte[Position].IPLSector = Pte[Position].StartSector;
|
|
Pte[Position].IPLHead = Pte[Position].StartHead;
|
|
Pte[Position].IPLCylinderLow = Pte[Position].StartCylinderLow;
|
|
Pte[Position].IPLCylinderHigh = Pte[Position].StartCylinderHigh;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Sts = SpReadWriteDiskSectors(Handle,0,2,bps,Buffer,TRUE);
|
|
|
|
if(!NT_SUCCESS(Sts)) {
|
|
ZwClose(Handle);
|
|
SpMemFree(UBuffer);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
ZwClose(Handle);
|
|
}
|
|
SpMemFree(UBuffer);
|
|
#endif //NEC98
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpCheckHiveDriveLetters(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(NEC_98) //NEC98
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
ULONG ErrorLine;
|
|
PVOID TmpWinntSifHandle = NULL;
|
|
BOOLEAN ForceRemapDriveLetter = FALSE;
|
|
BOOLEAN DriveAssign_AT = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
if ( SetupldrWinntSifFileSize ) {
|
|
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile( NULL,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFile,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFileSize,
|
|
&TmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(TmpWinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_DRIVEASSIGN_NEC98_W,0);
|
|
if(p && !_wcsicmp(p,WINNT_A_YES_W)) {
|
|
|
|
if (SetupldrMigrateInfFile) {
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(TmpWinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_NTUPGRADE_W,0);
|
|
if(p && !_wcsicmp(p,WINNT_A_YES_W)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Upgrade NEC assigned WinNT.(AT=FALSE)\n"));
|
|
DriveAssign_AT = FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Fresh setup from NEC assigned WinNT.(AT=TRUE)\n"));
|
|
DriveAssign_AT = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(TmpWinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_WIN95UPGRADE_W,0);
|
|
if(p && !_wcsicmp(p,WINNT_A_YES_W)) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Upgrade NEC assigned Win95.(AT=FALSE)\n"));
|
|
DriveAssign_AT = FALSE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Fresh setup from NEC assigned Win95.(AT=TRUE)\n"));
|
|
DriveAssign_AT = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Fresh setup.(AT=TRUE)\n"));
|
|
DriveAssign_AT = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SpSetHiveDriveLetterNec98( DriveAssign_AT );
|
|
#endif //NEC98
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpSetHiveDriveLetterNec98(
|
|
BOOLEAN DriveAssign_AT
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(NEC_98) //NEC98
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING StartDriveLetterFrom;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING Dummy;
|
|
|
|
|
|
RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TABLE SetupTypeTable[]=
|
|
{
|
|
{NULL,
|
|
RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_DIRECT,
|
|
L"DriveLetter",
|
|
&StartDriveLetterFrom,
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
&Dummy,
|
|
0
|
|
},
|
|
{NULL,0,NULL,NULL,REG_NONE,NULL,0}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_TRACE_LEVEL, "SETUP: SpSetHiveDriveLetter(%ld).\n", DriveAssign_AT));
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&StartDriveLetterFrom, NULL);
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&Dummy, NULL);
|
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues( RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
L"\\Registry\\MACHINE\\SYSTEM\\Setup",
|
|
SetupTypeTable,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (DriveAssign_AT) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Write hive "DriveLetter",
|
|
//
|
|
if ((StartDriveLetterFrom.Buffer[0] != L'C') &&
|
|
(StartDriveLetterFrom.Buffer[0] != L'c')) {
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Write DriveLetter=C into setup hiv.\n"));
|
|
Status = RtlWriteRegistryValue( RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
L"\\Registry\\Machine\\System\\Setup",
|
|
L"DriveLetter",
|
|
REG_SZ,
|
|
L"C",
|
|
sizeof(L"C")+sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
}
|
|
DriveAssignFromA = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
//
|
|
// Delete hive "DriveLetter",
|
|
//
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
if ((StartDriveLetterFrom.Buffer[0] == L'C') ||
|
|
(StartDriveLetterFrom.Buffer[0] == L'c')) {
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Delete DriveLetter=C from setup hiv.\n"));
|
|
Status = RtlDeleteRegistryValue(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
L"\\Registry\\MACHINE\\SYSTEM\\Setup",
|
|
L"DriveLetter");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
DriveAssignFromA = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif //NEC98
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpDeleteDriveLetterFromNTFTNec98(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(NEC_98) //NEC98
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
PWSTR p;
|
|
ULONG ErrorLine;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING StartDriveLetterFrom;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING Dummy;
|
|
PVOID TmpWinntSifHandle = NULL;
|
|
BOOLEAN ForceRemapDriveLetter = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
// 1st step:
|
|
// Check whether we need to reassign drive letters.
|
|
Status = SpLoadSetupTextFile(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFile,
|
|
SetupldrWinntSifFileSize,
|
|
&TmpWinntSifHandle,
|
|
&ErrorLine,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
TRUE
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (SetupldrMigrateInfFile) {
|
|
p = SpGetSectionKeyIndex(TmpWinntSifHandle,SIF_DATA,WINNT_D_NTUPGRADE_W,0);
|
|
if(!p || !_wcsicmp(p,WINNT_A_NO_W)) {
|
|
SpDeleteDriveLetterFromNTFTWorkerNec98();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif //NEC98
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpDeleteDriveLetterFromNTFTWorkerNec98(
|
|
VOID
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(NEC_98) //NEC98
|
|
|
|
#define MOUNT_REGISTRY_KEY_W L"\\registry\\machine\\SYSTEM\\MountedDevices"
|
|
#define DISK_REGISTRY_KEY_W L"\\registry\\machine\\SYSTEM\\DISK"
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obja;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
HANDLE KeyHandle;
|
|
ULONG Disposition;
|
|
|
|
RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TABLE queryTable[2];
|
|
ULONG registrySize;
|
|
//NTSTATUS status;
|
|
PDISK_CONFIG_HEADER registry;
|
|
PDISK_REGISTRY diskRegistry;
|
|
PDISK_DESCRIPTION diskDescription;
|
|
ULONG signature;
|
|
LONGLONG offset;
|
|
PDISK_PARTITION diskPartition;
|
|
UCHAR driveLetter;
|
|
USHORT i, j;
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Delete \SYSTEM\\MountedDevices.
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obja,&UnicodeString,MOUNT_REGISTRY_KEY_W);
|
|
Obja.RootDirectory = NULL;
|
|
Status = ZwOpenKey(&KeyHandle,KEY_ALL_ACCESS,&Obja);
|
|
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
Status = ZwDeleteKey(KeyHandle);
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Delete %ls on the setup hive. Status = %lx \n", MOUNT_REGISTRY_KEY_W, Status));
|
|
ZwClose(KeyHandle);
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: No %ls on the setup hive.\n", MOUNT_REGISTRY_KEY_W));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Delete drive letter information from \SYSTEM\\DISK.
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obja,&UnicodeString,DISK_REGISTRY_KEY_W);
|
|
Obja.RootDirectory = NULL;
|
|
Status = ZwOpenKey(&KeyHandle,KEY_ALL_ACCESS,&Obja);
|
|
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
|
|
RtlZeroMemory(queryTable, 2*sizeof(RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_TABLE));
|
|
queryTable[0].QueryRoutine = SpDiskRegistryQueryRoutineNec98;
|
|
queryTable[0].Flags = RTL_QUERY_REGISTRY_REQUIRED;
|
|
queryTable[0].Name = L"Information";
|
|
queryTable[0].EntryContext = ®istrySize;
|
|
|
|
Status = RtlQueryRegistryValues(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE, DISK_REGISTRY_KEY_W,
|
|
queryTable, ®istry, NULL);
|
|
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
|
|
diskRegistry = (PDISK_REGISTRY) ((PUCHAR)registry +
|
|
registry->DiskInformationOffset);
|
|
|
|
diskDescription = &diskRegistry->Disks[0];
|
|
for (i = 0; i < diskRegistry->NumberOfDisks; i++) {
|
|
for (j = 0; j < diskDescription->NumberOfPartitions; j++) {
|
|
|
|
diskPartition = &diskDescription->Partitions[j];
|
|
diskPartition->AssignDriveLetter = TRUE;
|
|
diskPartition->DriveLetter = (UCHAR)NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
diskDescription = (PDISK_DESCRIPTION) &diskDescription->
|
|
Partitions[diskDescription->NumberOfPartitions];
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Delete %ls on the setup hive. Status = %lx \n", DISK_REGISTRY_KEY_W, Status));
|
|
ZwDeleteKey(KeyHandle);
|
|
ZwClose(KeyHandle);
|
|
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obja,&UnicodeString,DISK_REGISTRY_KEY_W);
|
|
Obja.RootDirectory = NULL;
|
|
Status = ZwCreateKey(&KeyHandle,
|
|
READ_CONTROL | KEY_SET_VALUE,
|
|
//KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&Obja,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
&Disposition
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if( NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
ZwClose(KeyHandle);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Status = RtlWriteRegistryValue(RTL_REGISTRY_ABSOLUTE,
|
|
DISK_REGISTRY_KEY_W,
|
|
L"Information",
|
|
REG_BINARY,
|
|
registry,
|
|
registrySize);
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Wrote Information in %ls. Status = %lx \n", DISK_REGISTRY_KEY_W, Status));
|
|
} else {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: No Information found in DISK registry.\n"));
|
|
ZwDeleteKey(KeyHandle);
|
|
ZwClose(KeyHandle);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif //NEC98
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpDiskRegistryQueryRoutineNec98(
|
|
IN PWSTR ValueName,
|
|
IN ULONG ValueType,
|
|
IN PVOID ValueData,
|
|
IN ULONG ValueLength,
|
|
IN PVOID Context,
|
|
IN PVOID EntryContext
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine is a query routine for the disk registry entry. It allocates
|
|
space for the disk registry and copies it to the given context.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
ValueName - Supplies the name of the registry value.
|
|
|
|
ValueType - Supplies the type of the registry value.
|
|
|
|
ValueData - Supplies the data of the registry value.
|
|
|
|
ValueLength - Supplies the length of the registry value.
|
|
|
|
Context - Returns the disk registry entry.
|
|
|
|
EntryContext - Returns the disk registry size.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(NEC_98) //NEC98
|
|
PVOID p;
|
|
PDISK_CONFIG_HEADER* reg;
|
|
PULONG size;
|
|
|
|
p = ExAllocatePool(PagedPool, ValueLength);
|
|
if (!p) {
|
|
return STATUS_INSUFFICIENT_RESOURCES;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RtlCopyMemory(p, ValueData, ValueLength);
|
|
|
|
reg = (PDISK_CONFIG_HEADER*) Context;
|
|
*reg = (PDISK_CONFIG_HEADER) p;
|
|
|
|
size = (PULONG) EntryContext;
|
|
if (size) {
|
|
*size = ValueLength;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif //NEC98
|
|
return STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL
|
|
SpDetermineBootPartitionEnumNec98(
|
|
IN PPARTITIONED_DISK Disk,
|
|
IN PDISK_REGION Region,
|
|
IN ULONG_PTR Context
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Callback routine passed to SpEnumDiskRegions.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
Region - a pointer to a disk region returned by SpEnumDiskRegions
|
|
Ignore - ignored parameter
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
TRUE - to continue enumeration
|
|
FALSE - to end enumeration
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
WCHAR DeviceName[256];
|
|
|
|
SpNtNameFromRegion(
|
|
Region,
|
|
DeviceName,
|
|
MAX_PATH * sizeof(WCHAR),
|
|
PartitionOrdinalOnDisk
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if( !_wcsicmp(DeviceName,NtBootDevicePath)) {
|
|
|
|
*(PDISK_REGION *)Context = Region;
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
//end NEC98
|
|
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpProcessUnsupDrvInfFile(
|
|
IN PVOID InfHandle
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Process the [AddReg] section of migrate.inf.
|
|
The keys are created on the setup hive.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
InfHandle - Handle to migrate.inf file.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
Status code indicating outcome.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
NTSTATUS SavedStatus = STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obja;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
HANDLE SystemHiveRoot;
|
|
PWSTR KeyPath = L"\\registry\\machine\\system";
|
|
ULONG i;
|
|
PWSTR p, q;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Verify arguments
|
|
//
|
|
if (!InfHandle) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID,
|
|
DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP: Invalid argument to SpProcessUnsupDrvInfFile(%p) \n",
|
|
InfHandle));
|
|
|
|
return STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Open a handle to HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System on the setup hive
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obja,&UnicodeString,KeyPath);
|
|
Obja.RootDirectory = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwOpenKey(&SystemHiveRoot,KEY_ALL_ACCESS,&Obja);
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to open %ls on the setup hive. Status = %lx \n", KeyPath, Status));
|
|
return( Status );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
for( i = 0;
|
|
((p = SpGetSectionLineIndex( InfHandle,
|
|
L"Devices",
|
|
i,
|
|
0 )) != NULL);
|
|
i++ ) {
|
|
|
|
wcscpy( TemporaryBuffer, L"AddReg." );
|
|
wcscat( TemporaryBuffer, p );
|
|
q = SpDupStringW( ( PWSTR )TemporaryBuffer );
|
|
Status = SpProcessAddRegSection( InfHandle,
|
|
q,
|
|
SystemHiveRoot,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL );
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
if( SavedStatus == STATUS_SUCCESS ) {
|
|
SavedStatus = Status;
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_INFO_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to process section %ls in driver.inf. Status = %lx \n", q, Status));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
SpMemFree( q );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ZwClose( SystemHiveRoot );
|
|
return( Status );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpCheckForDockableMachine(
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
This routine attempts to determine if the machine is "dockable" (laptops),
|
|
and set the flag DockableMachine appropriately.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obja;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
HANDLE hKey;
|
|
PWSTR KeyPath = L"\\Registry\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\Control\\IDConfigDB\\CurrentDockInfo";
|
|
PWSTR ValueName = L"DockingState";
|
|
ULONG ResultLength;
|
|
DWORD DockingState;
|
|
|
|
Status = STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
//
|
|
// If we have already determined if the machine is dockable, then just return
|
|
// This is because some machine will have the info in the registry already set prior to pnp
|
|
// notification, and some machines won't. So this function is always called twice.
|
|
//
|
|
if( !DockableMachine ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// Open a the key in the setup hive that contains the docking information
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obja,&UnicodeString,KeyPath);
|
|
Obja.RootDirectory = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwOpenKey(&hKey,KEY_READ,&Obja);
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to open %ls on the setup hive. Status = %lx \n", KeyPath, Status));
|
|
return( Status );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString,ValueName);
|
|
Status = ZwQueryValueKey( hKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
KeyValuePartialInformation,
|
|
TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
sizeof(TemporaryBuffer),
|
|
&ResultLength );
|
|
|
|
ZwClose(hKey);
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_WARNING_LEVEL, "SETUP: ZwQueryValueKey() failed. Value name = %ls, Status = %lx \n", ValueName, Status));
|
|
return( Status );
|
|
}
|
|
DockingState = *((PDWORD)(((PKEY_VALUE_PARTIAL_INFORMATION)TemporaryBuffer)->Data));
|
|
DockingState &= HW_PROFILE_DOCKSTATE_UNKNOWN;
|
|
if( ( DockingState == HW_PROFILE_DOCKSTATE_UNDOCKED ) ||
|
|
( DockingState == HW_PROFILE_DOCKSTATE_DOCKED ) ) {
|
|
DockableMachine = TRUE;
|
|
} else {
|
|
DockableMachine = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return( Status );
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
VOID
|
|
SpCheckForBadBios(
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Determine whether the bios of the machine supports NT, by checking the
|
|
registry value "BadBios" on \Registry\Machine\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\Setup.
|
|
If this value exists and it is set to 1, then we stop the installation. Otherwise, we
|
|
assume that the bios on this machine is fine.
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS Status;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES Obja;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UnicodeString;
|
|
HANDLE hKey;
|
|
PWSTR KeyPath = L"\\Registry\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\setupdd";
|
|
PWSTR ValueName = L"BadBios";
|
|
ULONG ResultLength;
|
|
DWORD BadBios;
|
|
|
|
Status = STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Open a the setup key in the setup hive
|
|
//
|
|
INIT_OBJA(&Obja,&UnicodeString,KeyPath);
|
|
Obja.RootDirectory = NULL;
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwOpenKey(&hKey,KEY_READ,&Obja);
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS( Status ) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// If we can't open the key, then assume the BIOS is fine.
|
|
//
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL, "SETUP: Unable to open %ls on the setup hive. Status = %lx \n", KeyPath, Status));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UnicodeString,ValueName);
|
|
Status = ZwQueryValueKey( hKey,
|
|
&UnicodeString,
|
|
KeyValuePartialInformation,
|
|
TemporaryBuffer,
|
|
sizeof(TemporaryBuffer),
|
|
&ResultLength );
|
|
|
|
ZwClose(hKey);
|
|
|
|
if( !NT_SUCCESS(Status) ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// If we can't query the value, assume that the BIOS is fine
|
|
//
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID, DPFLTR_WARNING_LEVEL, "SETUP: ZwQueryValueKey() failed. Value name = %ls, Status = %lx \n", ValueName, Status));
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
BadBios = *((PDWORD)(((PKEY_VALUE_PARTIAL_INFORMATION)TemporaryBuffer)->Data));
|
|
if( BadBios ) {
|
|
//
|
|
// If BadBios is anything other then 0, then stop the installation
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
SpStartScreen( SP_SCRN_BAD_BIOS,
|
|
3,
|
|
HEADER_HEIGHT+1,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
FALSE,
|
|
DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE );
|
|
|
|
SpDisplayStatusOptions(DEFAULT_STATUS_ATTRIBUTE,SP_STAT_F3_EQUALS_EXIT,0);
|
|
|
|
SpInputDrain();
|
|
while(SpInputGetKeypress() != KEY_F3) ;
|
|
|
|
SpDone(0,FALSE,TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NTSTATUS
|
|
SpCreateDriverRegistryEntries(
|
|
IN PHARDWARE_COMPONENT DriverList
|
|
)
|
|
/*++
|
|
|
|
Routine Description:
|
|
|
|
Creates the specified registry keys & values for the
|
|
thirdy party (OEM) drivers
|
|
|
|
Arguments:
|
|
|
|
DriverList : List of OEM drivers loaded for which the
|
|
keys need to be created
|
|
|
|
Return Value:
|
|
|
|
STATUS_SUCCESS if successful, otherwise appropriate
|
|
error code.
|
|
|
|
--*/
|
|
{
|
|
NTSTATUS LastError = STATUS_SUCCESS;
|
|
PHARDWARE_COMPONENT CurrNode;
|
|
NTSTATUS Status = DriverList ?
|
|
STATUS_SUCCESS : STATUS_INVALID_PARAMETER;
|
|
|
|
for (CurrNode = DriverList; CurrNode; CurrNode = CurrNode->Next) {
|
|
if (CurrNode->ThirdPartyOptionSelected) {
|
|
PHARDWARE_COMPONENT_FILE CurrFile;
|
|
|
|
for (CurrFile = CurrNode->Files;
|
|
CurrFile;
|
|
CurrFile = CurrFile->Next) {
|
|
|
|
if ((CurrFile->FileType == HwFileDriver) &&
|
|
CurrFile->ConfigName && CurrFile->RegistryValueList) {
|
|
|
|
WCHAR DriverKeyName[128];
|
|
WCHAR DriverName[32];
|
|
PWSTR DriverExt;
|
|
HANDLE hDriverKey = NULL;
|
|
UNICODE_STRING UniDriverKeyName;
|
|
OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES ObjAttrs;
|
|
PHARDWARE_COMPONENT_REGISTRY CurrEntry;
|
|
|
|
wcscpy(DriverName, CurrFile->Filename);
|
|
DriverExt = wcsrchr(DriverName, L'.');
|
|
|
|
if (DriverExt) {
|
|
*DriverExt = UNICODE_NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//
|
|
// Note : We use driver name, instead of ConfigName for
|
|
// subkey name to take care of the case where ConfigName
|
|
// is different from DriverName
|
|
//
|
|
|
|
wcscpy(DriverKeyName,
|
|
L"\\Registry\\Machine\\System\\CurrentControlSet\\Services\\");
|
|
|
|
wcscat(DriverKeyName, DriverName);
|
|
|
|
RtlInitUnicodeString(&UniDriverKeyName,
|
|
DriverKeyName);
|
|
|
|
InitializeObjectAttributes(&ObjAttrs,
|
|
&UniDriverKeyName,
|
|
OBJ_CASE_INSENSITIVE,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Status = ZwCreateKey(&hDriverKey,
|
|
KEY_ALL_ACCESS,
|
|
&ObjAttrs,
|
|
0,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (NT_SUCCESS(Status) && hDriverKey) {
|
|
for (CurrEntry = CurrFile->RegistryValueList;
|
|
CurrEntry;
|
|
CurrEntry = CurrEntry->Next) {
|
|
|
|
PWSTR SubKey = CurrEntry->KeyName;
|
|
|
|
if (SubKey && !*SubKey) {
|
|
SubKey = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Status = SpOpenSetValueAndClose(
|
|
hDriverKey,
|
|
SubKey,
|
|
CurrEntry->ValueName,
|
|
CurrEntry->ValueType,
|
|
CurrEntry->Buffer,
|
|
CurrEntry->BufferSize);
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(Status)) {
|
|
LastError = Status;
|
|
|
|
KdPrintEx((DPFLTR_SETUP_ID,
|
|
DPFLTR_ERROR_LEVEL,
|
|
"SETUP:SpCreateDriverRegistryEntries() :"
|
|
" unable to set %ws (%lx)\n",
|
|
CurrEntry->ValueName,
|
|
Status));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ZwClose(hDriverKey);
|
|
} else {
|
|
LastError = Status;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!NT_SUCCESS(LastError)) {
|
|
Status = LastError;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Status;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BOOL
|
|
SpRememberMigratedDrivers (
|
|
OUT PLIST_ENTRY List,
|
|
IN PDETECTED_DEVICE SetupldrList
|
|
)
|
|
{
|
|
PSP_MIG_DRIVER_ENTRY MigEntry;
|
|
BOOL b = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
while (SetupldrList) {
|
|
|
|
if (SetupldrList->MigratedDriver) {
|
|
|
|
MigEntry = SpMemAlloc(sizeof (*MigEntry));
|
|
if (MigEntry) {
|
|
MigEntry->BaseDllName = SpToUnicode(SetupldrList->BaseDllName);
|
|
if (MigEntry->BaseDllName) {
|
|
InsertTailList (List, &MigEntry->ListEntry);
|
|
} else {
|
|
SpMemFree (MigEntry);
|
|
b = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
b = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SetupldrList = SetupldrList->Next;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return b;
|
|
}
|